6554 lines
		
	
	
		
			178 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Objective-C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6554 lines
		
	
	
		
			178 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Objective-C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
						|
// Name:        stc/stc.h
 | 
						|
// Purpose:     interface of wxStyledTextCtrl
 | 
						|
// Author:      wxWidgets team
 | 
						|
// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 | 
						|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
    IMPORTANT: This file is generated by src/stc/gen_iface.py from
 | 
						|
               src/stc/stc.interface.h.in.  Do not edit the file in 
 | 
						|
               interface/wx/stc or your changes will be lost.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// STC constants {{{
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION -1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Define start of Scintilla messages to be greater than all Windows edit (EM_*) messages
 | 
						|
/// as many EM_ messages can be used although that use is deprecated.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_START 2000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPTIONAL_START 3000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEXER_START 4000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WS_INVISIBLE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WS_VISIBLEALWAYS 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WS_VISIBLEAFTERINDENT 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WS_VISIBLEONLYININDENT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EOL_CRLF 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EOL_CR 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EOL_LF 2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// The SC_CP_UTF8 value can be used to enter Unicode mode.
 | 
						|
/// This is the same value as CP_UTF8 in Windows
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CP_UTF8 65001
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IME_WINDOWED 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IME_INLINE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKER_MAX 31
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_ROUNDRECT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROW 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_SMALLRECT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_SHORTARROW 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_EMPTY 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROWDOWN 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_MINUS 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_PLUS 8
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Shapes used for outlining column.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_VLINE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_LCORNER 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_TCORNER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXPLUS 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXMINUS 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED 21
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Invisible mark that only sets the line background colour.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BACKGROUND 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_DOTDOTDOT 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROWS 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_PIXMAP 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_FULLRECT 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_LEFTRECT 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_AVAILABLE 28
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_UNDERLINE 29
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_RGBAIMAGE 30
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_BOOKMARK 31
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARK_CHARACTER 10000
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Markers used for outlining column.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL 28
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB 29
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDER 30
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN 31
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MASK_FOLDERS 0xFE000000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAX_MARGIN 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_SYMBOL 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_NUMBER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_BACK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_FORE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_TEXT 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARGIN_RTEXT 5
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Styles in range 32..38 are predefined for parts of the UI and are not used as normal styles.
 | 
						|
/// Style 39 is for future use.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_DEFAULT 32
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_LINENUMBER 33
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_BRACELIGHT 34
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_BRACEBAD 35
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_CONTROLCHAR 36
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_INDENTGUIDE 37
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_CALLTIP 38
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_LASTPREDEFINED 39
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STYLE_MAX 255
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Character set identifiers are used in StyleSetCharacterSet.
 | 
						|
/// The values are the same as the Windows *_CHARSET values.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_ANSI 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_DEFAULT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_BALTIC 186
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_CHINESEBIG5 136
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_EASTEUROPE 238
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_GB2312 134
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_GREEK 161
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_HANGUL 129
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_MAC 77
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_OEM 255
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_RUSSIAN 204
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_OEM866 866
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_CYRILLIC 1251
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_SHIFTJIS 128
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_SYMBOL 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_TURKISH 162
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_JOHAB 130
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_HEBREW 177
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_ARABIC 178
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_VIETNAMESE 163
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_THAI 222
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CHARSET_8859_15 1000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CASE_MIXED 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CASE_UPPER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CASE_LOWER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CASE_CAMEL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FONT_SIZE_MULTIPLIER 100
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_NORMAL 400
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_SEMIBOLD 600
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_BOLD 700
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Indicator style enumeration and some constants
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_PLAIN 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_TT 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_DIAGONAL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_STRIKE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_HIDDEN 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_BOX 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_ROUNDBOX 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_STRAIGHTBOX 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_DASH 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_DOTS 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLELOW 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_DOTBOX 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLEPIXMAP 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_COMPOSITIONTHICK 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_COMPOSITIONTHIN 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_FULLBOX 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_TEXTFORE 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_IME 32
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_IME_MAX 35
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_MAX 35
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC_CONTAINER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC0_MASK 0x20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC1_MASK 0x40
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDIC2_MASK 0x80
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDICS_MASK 0xE0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDICVALUEBIT 0x1000000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDICVALUEMASK 0xFFFFFF
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INDICFLAG_VALUEFORE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IV_NONE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IV_REAL 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IV_LOOKFORWARD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IV_LOOKBOTH 3
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PrintColourMode - use same colours as screen.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_NORMAL 0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PrintColourMode - invert the light value of each style for printing.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_INVERTLIGHT 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PrintColourMode - force black text on white background for printing.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_BLACKONWHITE 2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PrintColourMode - text stays coloured, but all background is forced to be white for printing.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITE 3
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PrintColourMode - only the default-background is forced to be white for printing.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITEDEFAULTBG 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FIND_WHOLEWORD 0x2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FIND_MATCHCASE 0x4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FIND_WORDSTART 0x00100000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FIND_REGEXP 0x00200000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FIND_POSIX 0x00400000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FIND_CXX11REGEX 0x00800000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELBASE 0x400
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG 0x1000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG 0x2000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK 0x0FFF
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDACTION_CONTRACT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDACTION_EXPAND 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDACTION_TOGGLE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_SHOW 0x0001
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_CLICK 0x0002
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AUTOMATICFOLD_CHANGE 0x0004
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_EXPANDED 0x0002
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_CONTRACTED 0x0004
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_EXPANDED 0x0008
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED 0x0010
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LEVELNUMBERS 0x0040
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINESTATE 0x0080
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TIME_FOREVER 10000000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_NONE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_TOVISIBLE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_AFTERVISIBLE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_IDLESTYLING_ALL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAP_NONE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAP_WORD 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAP_CHAR 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAP_WHITESPACE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE 0x0000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END 0x0001
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START 0x0002
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_MARGIN 0x0004
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT 0x0000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_END_BY_TEXT 0x0001
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_START_BY_TEXT 0x0002
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_SAME 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_INDENT 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CACHE_NONE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CACHE_CARET 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CACHE_PAGE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CACHE_DOCUMENT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PHASES_ONE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PHASES_TWO 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PHASES_MULTIPLE 2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Control font anti-aliasing.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_MASK 0xF
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_NON_ANTIALIASED 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_ANTIALIASED 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_LCD_OPTIMIZED 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_ONCE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_EACH 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EDGE_NONE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EDGE_LINE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EDGE_BACKGROUND 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_OK 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_FAILURE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_BADALLOC 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_WARN_START 1000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STATUS_WARN_REGEX 1001
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CURSORNORMAL -1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CURSORARROW 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CURSORWAIT 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CURSORREVERSEARROW 7
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Constants for use with SetVisiblePolicy, similar to SetCaretPolicy.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISIBLE_SLOP 0x01
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISIBLE_STRICT 0x04
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Caret policy, used by SetXCaretPolicy and SetYCaretPolicy.
 | 
						|
/// If CARET_SLOP is set, we can define a slop value: caretSlop.
 | 
						|
/// This value defines an unwanted zone (UZ) where the caret is... unwanted.
 | 
						|
/// This zone is defined as a number of pixels near the vertical margins,
 | 
						|
/// and as a number of lines near the horizontal margins.
 | 
						|
/// By keeping the caret away from the edges, it is seen within its context,
 | 
						|
/// so it is likely that the identifier that the caret is on can be completely seen,
 | 
						|
/// and that the current line is seen with some of the lines following it which are
 | 
						|
/// often dependent on that line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARET_SLOP 0x01
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// If CARET_STRICT is set, the policy is enforced... strictly.
 | 
						|
/// The caret is centred on the display if slop is not set,
 | 
						|
/// and cannot go in the UZ if slop is set.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARET_STRICT 0x04
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// If CARET_JUMPS is set, the display is moved more energetically
 | 
						|
/// so the caret can move in the same direction longer before the policy is applied again.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARET_JUMPS 0x10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// If CARET_EVEN is not set, instead of having symmetrical UZs,
 | 
						|
/// the left and bottom UZs are extended up to right and top UZs respectively.
 | 
						|
/// This way, we favour the displaying of useful information: the beginning of lines,
 | 
						|
/// where most code reside, and the lines after the caret, eg. the body of a function.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARET_EVEN 0x08
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SEL_STREAM 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SEL_RECTANGLE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SEL_LINES 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SEL_THIN 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_RESPECTCASE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_IGNORECASE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MULTIAUTOC_ONCE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MULTIAUTOC_EACH 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ORDER_PRESORTED 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ORDER_PERFORMSORT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ORDER_CUSTOM 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_OFF 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_ON 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_WHITESPACE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ALPHA_NOALPHA 256
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_LINE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_BLOCK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_NONE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_SUBLINESELECT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_HIDDEN 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_STANDARD 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_BOXED 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_INDENTED 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_UNDO_MAY_COALESCE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCVS_NONE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCVS_RECTANGULARSELECTION 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCVS_USERACCESSIBLE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITERETAIN 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITEDC 3
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Line end types which may be used in addition to LF, CR, and CRLF
 | 
						|
/// SC_LINE_END_TYPE_UNICODE includes U+2028 Line Separator,
 | 
						|
/// U+2029 Paragraph Separator, and U+0085 Next Line
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LINE_END_TYPE_UNICODE 1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Maximum value of keywordSet parameter of SetKeyWords.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEYWORDSET_MAX 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TYPE_BOOLEAN 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TYPE_INTEGER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TYPE_STRING 2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Notifications
 | 
						|
/// Type of modification and the action which caused the modification.
 | 
						|
/// These are defined as a bit mask to make it easy to specify which notifications are wanted.
 | 
						|
/// One bit is set from each of SC_MOD_* and SC_PERFORMED_*.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT 0x1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_DELETETEXT 0x2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE 0x4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD 0x8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_USER 0x10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_UNDO 0x20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_REDO 0x40
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO 0x80
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO 0x100
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER 0x200
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT 0x400
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE 0x800
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO 0x1000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STARTACTION 0x2000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR 0x4000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE 0x8000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN 0x10000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION 0x20000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CONTAINER 0x40000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_LEXERSTATE 0x80000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_INSERTCHECK 0x100000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGETABSTOPS 0x200000
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODEVENTMASKALL 0x3FFFFF
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_UPDATE_CONTENT 0x1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_UPDATE_SELECTION 0x2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_UPDATE_V_SCROLL 0x4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_UPDATE_H_SCROLL 0x8
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Symbolic key codes and modifier flags.
 | 
						|
/// ASCII and other printable characters below 256.
 | 
						|
/// Extended keys above 300.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_DOWN 300
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_UP 301
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_LEFT 302
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_RIGHT 303
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_HOME 304
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_END 305
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_PRIOR 306
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_NEXT 307
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_DELETE 308
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_INSERT 309
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_ESCAPE 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_BACK 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_TAB 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_RETURN 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_ADD 310
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_SUBTRACT 311
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_DIVIDE 312
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_WIN 313
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_RWIN 314
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KEY_MENU 315
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCMOD_NORM 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCMOD_SHIFT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCMOD_CTRL 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCMOD_ALT 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCMOD_SUPER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCMOD_META 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AC_FILLUP 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AC_DOUBLECLICK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AC_TAB 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AC_NEWLINE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AC_COMMAND 5
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// For SciLexer.h
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CONTAINER 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_NULL 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PYTHON 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CPP 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_HTML 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_XML 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PERL 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SQL 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VB 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PROPERTIES 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ERRORLIST 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MAKEFILE 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BATCH 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_XCODE 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LATEX 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LUA 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_DIFF 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CONF 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PASCAL 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AVE 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ADA 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LISP 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_RUBY 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_EIFFEL 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_EIFFELKW 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TCL 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_NNCRONTAB 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BULLANT 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VBSCRIPT 28
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BAAN 31
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MATLAB 32
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SCRIPTOL 33
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ASM 34
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CPPNOCASE 35
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_FORTRAN 36
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_F77 37
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CSS 38
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_POV 39
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LOUT 40
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ESCRIPT 41
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PS 42
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_NSIS 43
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MMIXAL 44
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CLW 45
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CLWNOCASE 46
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LOT 47
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_YAML 48
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TEX 49
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_METAPOST 50
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERBASIC 51
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_FORTH 52
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ERLANG 53
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_OCTAVE 54
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MSSQL 55
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VERILOG 56
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_KIX 57
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_GUI4CLI 58
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SPECMAN 59
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AU3 60
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_APDL 61
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BASH 62
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ASN1 63
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VHDL 64
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CAML 65
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BLITZBASIC 66
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PUREBASIC 67
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_HASKELL 68
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PHPSCRIPT 69
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TADS3 70
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_REBOL 71
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SMALLTALK 72
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_FLAGSHIP 73
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CSOUND 74
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_FREEBASIC 75
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_INNOSETUP 76
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_OPAL 77
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SPICE 78
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_D 79
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_CMAKE 80
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_GAP 81
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PLM 82
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PROGRESS 83
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ABAQUS 84
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ASYMPTOTE 85
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_R 86
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MAGIK 87
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERSHELL 88
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MYSQL 89
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_PO 90
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TAL 91
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_COBOL 92
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TACL 93
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SORCUS 94
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERPRO 95
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_NIMROD 96
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SML 97
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MARKDOWN 98
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TXT2TAGS 99
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_A68K 100
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_MODULA 101
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_COFFEESCRIPT 102
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TCMD 103
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AVS 104
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_ECL 105
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_OSCRIPT 106
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_VISUALPROLOG 107
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_LITERATEHASKELL 108
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_STTXT 109
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_KVIRC 110
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_RUST 111
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_DMAP 112
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AS 113
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_DMIS 114
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_REGISTRY 115
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_BIBTEX 116
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_SREC 117
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_IHEX 118
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_TEHEX 119
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_JSON 120
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// When a lexer specifies its language as SCLEX_AUTOMATIC it receives a
 | 
						|
/// value assigned in sequence from SCLEX_AUTOMATIC+1.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LEX_AUTOMATIC 1000
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PYTHON
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_COMMENTLINE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_STRING 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_CHARACTER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_TRIPLE 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_CLASSNAME 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_DEFNAME 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_COMMENTBLOCK 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_STRINGEOL 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_WORD2 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_P_DECORATOR 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CPP, SCLEX_BULLANT, SCLEX_COBOL, SCLEX_TACL, SCLEX_TAL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOC 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_CHARACTER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_UUID 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_PREPROCESSOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_STRINGEOL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_VERBATIM 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_REGEX 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_WORD2 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_GLOBALCLASS 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_STRINGRAW 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_TRIPLEVERBATIM 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_HASHQUOTEDSTRING 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_PREPROCESSORCOMMENT 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_PREPROCESSORCOMMENTDOC 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_USERLITERAL 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_TASKMARKER 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_C_ESCAPESEQUENCE 27
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_D
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOC 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTNESTED 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_NUMBER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD2 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD3 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_TYPEDEF 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_STRING 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_STRINGEOL 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_CHARACTER 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_OPERATOR 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_IDENTIFIER 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_STRINGB 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_STRINGR 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD5 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD6 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_D_WORD7 22
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TCL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD_IN_QUOTE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_IN_QUOTE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_SUBSTITUTION 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_SUB_BRACE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_MODIFIER 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_EXPAND 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD2 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD3 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD4 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD5 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD6 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD7 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD8 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENT_BOX 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCL_BLOCK_COMMENT 21
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_HTML, SCLEX_XML
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_TAG 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_ATTRIBUTE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_ATTRIBUTEUNKNOWN 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_NUMBER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_DOUBLESTRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SINGLESTRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_OTHER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_COMMENT 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_ENTITY 10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// XML and ASP
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_TAGEND 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_XMLSTART 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_XMLEND 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SCRIPT 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_ASP 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_ASPAT 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_CDATA 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_QUESTION 18
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// More HTML
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_VALUE 19
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// X-Code
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_XCCOMMENT 20
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// SGML
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_DEFAULT 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_COMMAND 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_1ST_PARAM 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_DOUBLESTRING 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_SIMPLESTRING 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_ERROR 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_SPECIAL 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_ENTITY 28
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_COMMENT 29
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_1ST_PARAM_COMMENT 30
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_H_SGML_BLOCK_DEFAULT 31
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Embedded Javascript
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_START 40
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_DEFAULT 41
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENT 42
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENTLINE 43
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENTDOC 44
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_NUMBER 45
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_WORD 46
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_KEYWORD 47
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_DOUBLESTRING 48
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_SINGLESTRING 49
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_SYMBOLS 50
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_STRINGEOL 51
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJ_REGEX 52
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ASP Javascript
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_START 55
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_DEFAULT 56
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENT 57
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENTLINE 58
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENTDOC 59
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_NUMBER 60
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_WORD 61
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_KEYWORD 62
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_DOUBLESTRING 63
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_SINGLESTRING 64
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_SYMBOLS 65
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_STRINGEOL 66
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HJA_REGEX 67
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Embedded VBScript
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HB_START 70
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HB_DEFAULT 71
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HB_COMMENTLINE 72
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HB_NUMBER 73
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HB_WORD 74
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HB_STRING 75
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HB_IDENTIFIER 76
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HB_STRINGEOL 77
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ASP VBScript
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HBA_START 80
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HBA_DEFAULT 81
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HBA_COMMENTLINE 82
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HBA_NUMBER 83
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HBA_WORD 84
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HBA_STRING 85
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HBA_IDENTIFIER 86
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HBA_STRINGEOL 87
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Embedded Python
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_START 90
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_DEFAULT 91
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_COMMENTLINE 92
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_NUMBER 93
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_STRING 94
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_CHARACTER 95
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_WORD 96
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_TRIPLE 97
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_TRIPLEDOUBLE 98
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_CLASSNAME 99
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_DEFNAME 100
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_OPERATOR 101
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HP_IDENTIFIER 102
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PHP
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMPLEX_VARIABLE 104
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ASP Python
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_START 105
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_DEFAULT 106
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_COMMENTLINE 107
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_NUMBER 108
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_STRING 109
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_CHARACTER 110
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_WORD 111
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_TRIPLE 112
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_TRIPLEDOUBLE 113
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_CLASSNAME 114
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_DEFNAME 115
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_OPERATOR 116
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPA_IDENTIFIER 117
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// PHP
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_DEFAULT 118
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_HSTRING 119
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_SIMPLESTRING 120
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_WORD 121
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_NUMBER 122
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_VARIABLE 123
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMMENT 124
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMMENTLINE 125
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_HSTRING_VARIABLE 126
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HPHP_OPERATOR 127
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PERL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_ERROR 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_POD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_CHARACTER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_PUNCTUATION 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_PREPROCESSOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_SCALAR 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_ARRAY 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_HASH 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_SYMBOLTABLE 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_VARIABLE_INDEXER 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_REGEX 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_REGSUBST 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_LONGQUOTE 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_BACKTICKS 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_DATASECTION 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_DELIM 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_Q 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QQ 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QX 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_Q 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QQ 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QX 28
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QR 29
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QW 30
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_POD_VERB 31
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_SUB_PROTOTYPE 40
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_FORMAT_IDENT 41
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_FORMAT 42
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_VAR 43
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_XLAT 44
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_REGEX_VAR 54
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_REGSUBST_VAR 55
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_BACKTICKS_VAR 57
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QQ_VAR 61
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QX_VAR 62
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QQ_VAR 64
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QX_VAR 65
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QR_VAR 66
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_RUBY
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_ERROR 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_POD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_CHARACTER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_CLASSNAME 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_DEFNAME 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_REGEX 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_GLOBAL 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_SYMBOL 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_MODULE_NAME 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_INSTANCE_VAR 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_CLASS_VAR 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_BACKTICKS 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_DATASECTION 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_DELIM 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_Q 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_QQ 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_QX 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_Q 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QQ 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QX 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QR 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QW 28
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_WORD_DEMOTED 29
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STDIN 30
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STDOUT 31
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_STDERR 40
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RB_UPPER_BOUND 41
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VB, SCLEX_VBSCRIPT, SCLEX_POWERBASIC, SCLEX_BLITZBASIC, SCLEX_PUREBASIC, SCLEX_FREEBASIC
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_PREPROCESSOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_DATE 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_STRINGEOL 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD2 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD3 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD4 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_CONSTANT 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_ASM 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_LABEL 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_ERROR 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_HEXNUMBER 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_BINNUMBER 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_COMMENTBLOCK 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_DOCLINE 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_DOCBLOCK 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_B_DOCKEYWORD 22
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PROPERTIES
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_SECTION 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_ASSIGNMENT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_DEFVAL 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PROPS_KEY 5
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LATEX
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_COMMAND 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_TAG 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_MATH 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_COMMENT 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_TAG2 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_MATH2 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_COMMENT2 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_VERBATIM 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_SHORTCMD 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_SPECIAL 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_CMDOPT 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_L_ERROR 12
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LUA
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENTDOC 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_CHARACTER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_LITERALSTRING 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_PREPROCESSOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_STRINGEOL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD2 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD3 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD4 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD5 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD6 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD7 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD8 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LUA_LABEL 20
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ERRORLIST
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_PYTHON 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_GCC 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_MS 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_CMD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_BORLAND 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_PERL 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_NET 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_LUA 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_CTAG 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_CHANGED 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_ADDITION 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_DELETION 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_MESSAGE 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_PHP 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ELF 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_IFC 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_IFORT 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ABSF 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_TIDY 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_JAVA_STACK 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_VALUE 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_GCC_INCLUDED_FROM 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ESCSEQ 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ESCSEQ_UNKNOWN 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BLACK 40
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_RED 41
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_GREEN 42
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BROWN 43
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BLUE 44
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_MAGENTA 45
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_CYAN 46
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_GRAY 47
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_DARK_GRAY 48
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_RED 49
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_GREEN 50
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_YELLOW 51
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_BLUE 52
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_MAGENTA 53
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_BRIGHT_CYAN 54
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERR_ES_WHITE 55
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BATCH
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAT_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAT_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAT_WORD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAT_LABEL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAT_HIDE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAT_COMMAND 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAT_IDENTIFIER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAT_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TCMD
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_WORD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_LABEL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_HIDE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_COMMAND 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_IDENTIFIER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_ENVIRONMENT 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_EXPANSION 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TCMD_CLABEL 10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MAKEFILE
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_PREPROCESSOR 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_IDENTIFIER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_OPERATOR 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_TARGET 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAKE_IDEOL 9
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_DIFF
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_COMMAND 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_HEADER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_POSITION 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_DELETED 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_ADDED 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DIFF_CHANGED 7
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CONF (Apache Configuration Files Lexer)
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_IDENTIFIER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_EXTENSION 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_PARAMETER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_IP 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CONF_DIRECTIVE 9
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AVE, Avenue
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_ENUM 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_STRINGEOL 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_IDENTIFIER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD1 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD2 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD3 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD4 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD5 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD6 16
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ADA
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_WORD 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_IDENTIFIER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_DELIMITER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_CHARACTER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_CHARACTEREOL 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_STRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_STRINGEOL 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_LABEL 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_COMMENTLINE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ADA_ILLEGAL 11
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BAAN
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_COMMENTDOC 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_STRING 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_PREPROCESSOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_IDENTIFIER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_STRINGEOL 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD2 10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LISP
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_KEYWORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_KEYWORD_KW 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_SYMBOL 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_STRINGEOL 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_IDENTIFIER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_SPECIAL 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LISP_MULTI_COMMENT 12
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_EIFFEL and SCLEX_EIFFELKW
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_COMMENTLINE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_WORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_CHARACTER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_STRINGEOL 8
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_NNCRONTAB (nnCron crontab Lexer)
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_TASK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_SECTION 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_KEYWORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_MODIFIER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_ASTERISK 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_NUMBER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_STRING 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_ENVIRONMENT 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_IDENTIFIER 10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FORTH (Forth Lexer)
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_COMMENT_ML 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_IDENTIFIER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_CONTROL 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_KEYWORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_DEFWORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_PREWORD1 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_PREWORD2 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_NUMBER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_STRING 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FORTH_LOCALE 11
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MATLAB
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_COMMAND 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_KEYWORD 4
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// single quoted string
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_STRING 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MATLAB_DOUBLEQUOTESTRING 8
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SCRIPTOL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_WHITE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_PERSISTENT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CSTYLE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_COMMENTBLOCK 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_NUMBER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_STRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CHARACTER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_STRINGEOL 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_KEYWORD 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_OPERATOR 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_IDENTIFIER 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_TRIPLE 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CLASSNAME 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_PREPROCESSOR 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASM, SCLEX_AS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_STRING 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_OPERATOR 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_IDENTIFIER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_CPUINSTRUCTION 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_MATHINSTRUCTION 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_REGISTER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_DIRECTIVE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_DIRECTIVEOPERAND 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENTBLOCK 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_CHARACTER 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_STRINGEOL 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_EXTINSTRUCTION 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENTDIRECTIVE 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FORTRAN
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_STRING1 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_STRING2 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_STRINGEOL 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_WORD 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_WORD2 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_WORD3 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_PREPROCESSOR 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_OPERATOR2 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_LABEL 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_F_CONTINUATION 14
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CSS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_TAG 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_CLASS 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_PSEUDOCLASS 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_UNKNOWN_PSEUDOCLASS 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_OPERATOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_UNKNOWN_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_VALUE 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_COMMENT 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_ID 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_IMPORTANT 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_DIRECTIVE 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_DOUBLESTRING 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_SINGLESTRING 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER2 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_ATTRIBUTE 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER3 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_PSEUDOELEMENT 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_IDENTIFIER 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_PSEUDOCLASS 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_PSEUDOELEMENT 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_MEDIA 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSS_VARIABLE 23
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_POV
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_OPERATOR 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_IDENTIFIER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_STRINGEOL 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_DIRECTIVE 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_BADDIRECTIVE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD2 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD3 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD4 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD5 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD6 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD7 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POV_WORD8 16
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LOUT
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD2 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD3 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD4 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_STRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_OPERATOR 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_IDENTIFIER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOUT_STRINGEOL 10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ESCRIPT
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENTDOC 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_BRACE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD2 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD3 11
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_DSC_COMMENT 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_DSC_VALUE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_NAME 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_KEYWORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_LITERAL 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_IMMEVAL 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_ARRAY 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_DICT 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_PROC 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_TEXT 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_HEXSTRING 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_BASE85STRING 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PS_BADSTRINGCHAR 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_NSIS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGDQ 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGLQ 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGRQ 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_FUNCTION 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_VARIABLE 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_LABEL 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_USERDEFINED 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_SECTIONDEF 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_SUBSECTIONDEF 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_IFDEFINEDEF 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_MACRODEF 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGVAR 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_NUMBER 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_SECTIONGROUP 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_PAGEEX 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_FUNCTIONDEF 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_NSIS_COMMENTBOX 18
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MMIXAL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_LEADWS 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_LABEL 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_PRE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_VALID 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_UNKNOWN 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_POST 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPERANDS 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_NUMBER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_REF 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_CHAR 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_STRING 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_REGISTER 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_HEX 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPERATOR 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_SYMBOL 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_INCLUDE 17
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CLW
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_LABEL 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_COMMENT 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_STRING 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_USER_IDENTIFIER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_INTEGER_CONSTANT 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_REAL_CONSTANT 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_PICTURE_STRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_KEYWORD 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_COMPILER_DIRECTIVE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_RUNTIME_EXPRESSIONS 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_BUILTIN_PROCEDURES_FUNCTION 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_STRUCTURE_DATA_TYPE 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_ATTRIBUTE 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_STANDARD_EQUATE 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_ERROR 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CLW_DEPRECATED 16
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LOT
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOT_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOT_HEADER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOT_BREAK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOT_SET 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOT_PASS 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOT_FAIL 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_LOT_ABORT 6
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_YAML
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_IDENTIFIER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_KEYWORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_REFERENCE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_DOCUMENT 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_TEXT 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_ERROR 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_YAML_OPERATOR 9
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TEX
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TEX_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TEX_SPECIAL 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TEX_GROUP 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TEX_SYMBOL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TEX_COMMAND 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TEX_TEXT 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_SPECIAL 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_GROUP 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_SYMBOL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_COMMAND 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_TEXT 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_METAPOST_EXTRA 6
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ERLANG
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_VARIABLE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_KEYWORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_STRING 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_ATOM 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_FUNCTION_NAME 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_CHARACTER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MACRO 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_RECORD 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_PREPROC 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NODE_NAME 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_FUNCTION 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_MODULE 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_DOC 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_DOC_MACRO 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_ATOM_QUOTED 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MACRO_QUOTED 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_RECORD_QUOTED 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NODE_NAME_QUOTED 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_BIFS 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MODULES 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MODULES_ATT 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ERLANG_UNKNOWN 31
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OCTAVE are identical to MatLab
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MSSQL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_LINE_COMMENT 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_OPERATOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_IDENTIFIER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_VARIABLE 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COLUMN_NAME 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STATEMENT 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DATATYPE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_SYSTABLE 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_GLOBAL_VARIABLE 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_FUNCTION 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STORED_PROCEDURE 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DEFAULT_PREF_DATATYPE 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COLUMN_NAME_2 16
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VERILOG
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_COMMENTLINEBANG 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_WORD2 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_WORD3 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_PREPROCESSOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_STRINGEOL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_USER 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_COMMENT_WORD 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_INPUT 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_OUTPUT 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_INOUT 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_V_PORT_CONNECT 24
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_KIX
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_STRING1 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_STRING2 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_VAR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_MACRO 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_KEYWORD 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_FUNCTIONS 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_OPERATOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_COMMENTSTREAM 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KIX_IDENTIFIER 31
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_GUI4CLI
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_COMMENTLINE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_COMMENTBLOCK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_GLOBAL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_EVENT 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_ATTRIBUTE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_CONTROL 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_COMMAND 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_STRING 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GC_OPERATOR 9
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SPECMAN
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_CODE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_COMMENTLINEBANG 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_WORD2 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_WORD3 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_PREPROCESSOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_STRINGEOL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_REGEXTAG 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_SIGNAL 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SN_USER 19
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AU3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_COMMENTBLOCK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_FUNCTION 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_KEYWORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_MACRO 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_STRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_OPERATOR 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_VARIABLE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_SENT 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_PREPROCESSOR 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_SPECIAL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_EXPAND 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_COMOBJ 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AU3_UDF 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_APDL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMENTBLOCK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_OPERATOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_WORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_PROCESSOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMAND 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_SLASHCOMMAND 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_STARCOMMAND 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_ARGUMENT 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_APDL_FUNCTION 12
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BASH
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_ERROR 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_WORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_STRING 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_CHARACTER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_IDENTIFIER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_SCALAR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_PARAM 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_BACKTICKS 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_HERE_DELIM 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SH_HERE_Q 13
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASN1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_IDENTIFIER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_STRING 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_OID 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_SCALAR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_KEYWORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_ATTRIBUTE 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_DESCRIPTOR 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_TYPE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASN1_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VHDL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_COMMENTLINEBANG 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_OPERATOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_IDENTIFIER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STRINGEOL 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_KEYWORD 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDOPERATOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_ATTRIBUTE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDFUNCTION 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDPACKAGE 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDTYPE 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_USERWORD 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VHDL_BLOCK_COMMENT 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CAML
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_IDENTIFIER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_TAGNAME 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD2 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD3 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_LINENUM 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_NUMBER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_CHAR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_WHITE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_STRING 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT1 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT2 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT3 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_HASKELL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_IDENTIFIER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_KEYWORD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_CHARACTER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_CLASS 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_MODULE 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_CAPITAL 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_DATA 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_IMPORT 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_OPERATOR 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_INSTANCE 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTLINE 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK2 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK3 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_PRAGMA 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_PREPROCESSOR 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_STRINGEOL 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_RESERVED_OPERATOR 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_LITERATE_COMMENT 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HA_LITERATE_CODEDELIM 22
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states of SCLEX_TADS3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_X_DEFAULT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_PREPROCESSOR 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_BLOCK_COMMENT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_LINE_COMMENT 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_OPERATOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_KEYWORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_NUMBER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_IDENTIFIER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_S_STRING 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_D_STRING 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_X_STRING 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_LIB_DIRECTIVE 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_MSG_PARAM 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_TAG 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_DEFAULT 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_STRING 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_USER1 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_USER2 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_USER3 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_T3_BRACE 20
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_REBOL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_COMMENTLINE 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_COMMENTBLOCK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_PREFACE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_OPERATOR 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_CHARACTER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_QUOTEDSTRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_BRACEDSTRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_NUMBER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_PAIR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_TUPLE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_BINARY 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_MONEY 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_ISSUE 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_TAG 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_FILE 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_EMAIL 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_URL 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_DATE 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_TIME 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_IDENTIFIER 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD2 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD3 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD4 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD5 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD6 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD7 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD8 28
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SQL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOC 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_CHARACTER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS_PROMPT 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS_COMMENT 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_WORD2 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_USER1 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_USER2 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_USER3 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_USER4 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_QUOTEDIDENTIFIER 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SQL_QOPERATOR 24
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SMALLTALK
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_STRING 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_COMMENT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_SYMBOL 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_BINARY 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_BOOL 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_SELF 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_SUPER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_NIL 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_GLOBAL 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_RETURN 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_SPECIAL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_KWSEND 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_ASSIGN 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_CHARACTER 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ST_SPEC_SEL 16
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FLAGSHIP (clipper)
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOC 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD2 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD3 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD4 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_NUMBER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_STRING 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_PREPROCESSOR 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_OPERATOR 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_IDENTIFIER 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_DATE 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_STRINGEOL 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_CONSTANT 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_WORDOPERATOR 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_DISABLEDCODE 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_DEFAULT_C 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOC_C 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC_C 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD_C 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD2_C 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_NUMBER_C 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_STRING_C 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_PREPROCESSOR_C 28
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_OPERATOR_C 29
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_IDENTIFIER_C 30
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_FS_STRINGEOL_C 31
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CSOUND
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_OPERATOR 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_INSTR 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_IDENTIFIER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_OPCODE 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_HEADERSTMT 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_USERKEYWORD 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_COMMENTBLOCK 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_PARAM 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_ARATE_VAR 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_KRATE_VAR 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_IRATE_VAR 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_GLOBAL_VAR 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CSOUND_STRINGEOL 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_INNOSETUP
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_PARAMETER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_SECTION 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_PREPROC 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_INLINE_EXPANSION 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_COMMENT_PASCAL 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD_PASCAL 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD_USER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_STRING_DOUBLE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_STRING_SINGLE 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_INNO_IDENTIFIER 12
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OPAL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_SPACE 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_COMMENT_BLOCK 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_COMMENT_LINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_INTEGER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_KEYWORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_SORT 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_PAR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_BOOL_CONST 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OPAL_DEFAULT 32
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SPICE
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_IDENTIFIER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD2 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD3 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_NUMBER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_DELIMITER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_VALUE 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SPICE_COMMENTLINE 8
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CMAKE
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGDQ 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGLQ 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGRQ 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_COMMANDS 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_PARAMETERS 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_VARIABLE 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_USERDEFINED 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_WHILEDEF 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_FOREACHDEF 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_IFDEFINEDEF 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_MACRODEF 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGVAR 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMAKE_NUMBER 14
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_GAP
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_IDENTIFIER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD2 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD3 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD4 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_CHAR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_OPERATOR 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_COMMENT 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_NUMBER 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_GAP_STRINGEOL 11
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PLM
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PLM_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PLM_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PLM_STRING 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PLM_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PLM_IDENTIFIER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PLM_OPERATOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PLM_CONTROL 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PLM_KEYWORD 7
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PROGRESS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_NUMBER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_WORD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_STRING 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_CHARACTER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_PREPROCESSOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_BLOCK 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_END 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT1 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT2 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT3 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT4 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT5 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT6 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_DEFAULT_ 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_NUMBER_ 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_WORD_ 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_STRING_ 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_CHARACTER_ 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_PREPROCESSOR_ 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_OPERATOR_ 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_IDENTIFIER_ 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_BLOCK_ 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_END_ 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT1_ 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT2_ 27
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT3_ 28
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT4_ 29
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT5_ 30
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT6_ 31
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ABAQUS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMENTBLOCK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_OPERATOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_WORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_PROCESSOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMAND 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_SLASHCOMMAND 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_STARCOMMAND 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_ARGUMENT 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_FUNCTION 12
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASYMPTOTE
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_WORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_STRING 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_CHARACTER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_IDENTIFIER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_STRINGEOL 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENTLINEDOC 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ASY_WORD2 11
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_R
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_KWORD 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_BASEKWORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_OTHERKWORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_NUMBER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_STRING2 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_OPERATOR 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_IDENTIFIER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_INFIX 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_R_INFIXEOL 11
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MAGIK
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_HYPER_COMMENT 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_STRING 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_CHARACTER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_IDENTIFIER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_FLOW 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_CONTAINER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_BRACKET_BLOCK 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_BRACE_BLOCK 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_SQBRACKET_BLOCK 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_UNKNOWN_KEYWORD 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_KEYWORD 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_PRAGMA 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MAGIK_SYMBOL 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_POWERSHELL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_STRING 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_CHARACTER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_VARIABLE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_KEYWORD 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_CMDLET 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_ALIAS 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_FUNCTION 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_USER1 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_COMMENTSTREAM 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_HERE_STRING 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_HERE_CHARACTER 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 16
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MYSQL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_VARIABLE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_SYSTEMVARIABLE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_KNOWNSYSTEMVARIABLE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_NUMBER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_MAJORKEYWORD 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_KEYWORD 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DATABASEOBJECT 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_PROCEDUREKEYWORD 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_STRING 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_SQSTRING 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DQSTRING 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_OPERATOR 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_FUNCTION 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_IDENTIFIER 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_QUOTEDIDENTIFIER 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER1 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER2 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER3 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_HIDDENCOMMAND 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MYSQL_PLACEHOLDER 22
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PO
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGID 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGID_TEXT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGSTR 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGSTR_TEXT 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGCTXT 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGCTXT_TEXT 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_FUZZY 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_PROGRAMMER_COMMENT 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_REFERENCE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_FLAGS 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGID_TEXT_EOL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGSTR_TEXT_EOL 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_MSGCTXT_TEXT_EOL 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PO_ERROR 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PASCAL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_IDENTIFIER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENT 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENT2 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENTLINE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_PREPROCESSOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_PREPROCESSOR2 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_NUMBER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_HEXNUMBER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_WORD 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_STRING 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_STRINGEOL 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_CHARACTER 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_OPERATOR 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_PAS_ASM 14
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_SORCUS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_COMMAND 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_PARAMETER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_COMMENTLINE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_STRINGEOL 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_IDENTIFIER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_NUMBER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SORCUS_CONSTANT 9
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_POWERPRO
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_COMMENTBLOCK 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD2 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD3 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD4 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_DOUBLEQUOTEDSTRING 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_SINGLEQUOTEDSTRING 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_LINECONTINUE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_OPERATOR 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_IDENTIFIER 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_STRINGEOL 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_VERBATIM 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_ALTQUOTE 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_FUNCTION 16
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SML
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_IDENTIFIER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_TAGNAME 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD2 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD3 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_LINENUM 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_OPERATOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_NUMBER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_CHAR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_STRING 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT1 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT2 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT3 15
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MARKDOWN
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_LINE_BEGIN 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRONG1 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRONG2 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_EM1 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_EM2 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER1 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER2 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER3 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER4 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER5 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER6 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_PRECHAR 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_ULIST_ITEM 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_OLIST_ITEM 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_BLOCKQUOTE 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRIKEOUT 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HRULE 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_LINK 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODE 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODE2 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODEBK 21
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_TXT2TAGS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_LINE_BEGIN 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRONG1 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRONG2 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_EM1 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_EM2 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER1 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER2 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER3 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER4 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER5 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER6 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_PRECHAR 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_ULIST_ITEM 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_OLIST_ITEM 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_BLOCKQUOTE 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRIKEOUT 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HRULE 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_LINK 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODE 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODE2 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODEBK 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_COMMENT 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_OPTION 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_PREPROC 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_POSTPROC 25
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_A68K
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_DEC 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_BIN 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_HEX 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_STRING1 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_CPUINSTRUCTION 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_EXTINSTRUCTION 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_REGISTER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_DIRECTIVE 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_MACRO_ARG 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_LABEL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_STRING2 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_IDENTIFIER 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_MACRO_DECLARATION 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_WORD 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_SPECIAL 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_DOXYGEN 18
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MODULA
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_DOXYCOMM 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_DOXYKEY 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_KEYWORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_RESERVED 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_NUMBER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_BASENUM 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_FLOAT 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_STRING 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_STRSPEC 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_CHAR 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_CHARSPEC 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_PROC 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_PRAGMA 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_PRGKEY 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_OPERATOR 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_MODULA_BADSTR 17
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_COFFEESCRIPT
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOC 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_WORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_CHARACTER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_UUID 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_PREPROCESSOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRINGEOL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBATIM 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_REGEX 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_WORD2 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_GLOBALCLASS 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRINGRAW 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_TRIPLEVERBATIM 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTBLOCK 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBOSE_REGEX 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBOSE_REGEX_COMMENT 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_INSTANCEPROPERTY 25
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AVS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTBLOCK 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTBLOCKN 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTLINE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_NUMBER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_OPERATOR 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_IDENTIFIER 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_STRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_TRIPLESTRING 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_KEYWORD 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_FILTER 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_PLUGIN 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_FUNCTION 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_CLIPPROP 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_AVS_USERDFN 14
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ECL
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_STRING 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD0 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_CHARACTER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_UUID 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_PREPROCESSOR 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_UNKNOWN 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_IDENTIFIER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_STRINGEOL 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_VERBATIM 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_REGEX 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD1 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD2 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD3 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD4 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD5 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOC 23
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_ADDED 24
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_DELETED 25
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_CHANGED 26
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_ECL_MOVED 27
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OSCRIPT
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_LINE_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_BLOCK_COMMENT 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DOC_COMMENT 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_PREPROCESSOR 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_NUMBER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_SINGLEQUOTE_STRING 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DOUBLEQUOTE_STRING 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_CONSTANT 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_GLOBAL 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_KEYWORD 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_OPERATOR 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_LABEL 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_TYPE 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_FUNCTION 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_OBJECT 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_PROPERTY 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_METHOD 18
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VISUALPROLOG
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_MAJOR 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_MINOR 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_DIRECTIVE 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_BLOCK 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_LINE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_KEY 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_KEY_ERROR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_IDENTIFIER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_VARIABLE 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_ANONYMOUS 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_NUMBER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_OPERATOR 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER_TOO_MANY 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER_ESCAPE_ERROR 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_ESCAPE 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_ESCAPE_ERROR 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_EOL_OPEN 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM_SPECIAL 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM_EOL 22
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_STTXT
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_KEYWORD 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_TYPE 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_FUNCTION 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_FB 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_NUMBER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_HEXNUMBER 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_PRAGMA 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_CHARACTER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_STRING1 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_STRING2 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_STRINGEOL 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_IDENTIFIER 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_DATETIME 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_VARS 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_STTXT_PRAGMAS 18
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_KVIRC
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_COMMENTBLOCK 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_STRING 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_WORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_KEYWORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_FUNCTION_KEYWORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_FUNCTION 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_VARIABLE 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_NUMBER 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_OPERATOR 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_STRING_FUNCTION 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_KVIRC_STRING_VARIABLE 12
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_RUST
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_COMMENTBLOCK 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_COMMENTLINE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_COMMENTBLOCKDOC 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_COMMENTLINEDOC 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_NUMBER 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD2 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD3 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD4 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD5 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD6 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_WORD7 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_STRING 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_STRINGR 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_CHARACTER 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_OPERATOR 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_IDENTIFIER 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_LIFETIME 18
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_MACRO 19
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_LEXERROR 20
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_BYTESTRING 21
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_BYTESTRINGR 22
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_RUST_BYTECHARACTER 23
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_DMAP
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_NUMBER 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_STRING1 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_STRING2 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_STRINGEOL 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_OPERATOR 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_IDENTIFIER 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_WORD 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_WORD2 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMAP_WORD3 10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_DMIS
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_STRING 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_NUMBER 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_KEYWORD 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_MAJORWORD 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_MINORWORD 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_UNSUPPORTED_MAJOR 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_UNSUPPORTED_MINOR 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_DMIS_LABEL 9
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_REGISTRY
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_COMMENT 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_VALUENAME 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_STRING 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_HEXDIGIT 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_VALUETYPE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_ADDEDKEY 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_DELETEDKEY 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_ESCAPED 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_KEYPATH_GUID 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_STRING_GUID 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_PARAMETER 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_REG_OPERATOR 12
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_BIBTEX
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_ENTRY 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_UNKNOWN_ENTRY 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_KEY 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_PARAMETER 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_VALUE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_BIBTEX_COMMENT 6
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_SREC
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_RECSTART 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_RECTYPE 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_RECTYPE_UNKNOWN 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_BYTECOUNT 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_BYTECOUNT_WRONG 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_NOADDRESS 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATAADDRESS 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_RECCOUNT 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_STARTADDRESS 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_ADDRESSFIELD_UNKNOWN 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_EXTENDEDADDRESS 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATA_ODD 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATA_EVEN 13
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATA_UNKNOWN 14
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_DATA_EMPTY 15
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_CHECKSUM 16
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_CHECKSUM_WRONG 17
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_HEX_GARBAGE 18
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_IHEX (shared with Srec)
 | 
						|
/// Lexical state for SCLEX_TEHEX (shared with Srec)
 | 
						|
/// Lexical states for SCLEX_JSON
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_DEFAULT 0
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_NUMBER 1
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_STRING 2
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_STRINGEOL 3
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_PROPERTYNAME 4
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_ESCAPESEQUENCE 5
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_LINECOMMENT 6
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_BLOCKCOMMENT 7
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_OPERATOR 8
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_URI 9
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_COMPACTIRI 10
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_KEYWORD 11
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_LDKEYWORD 12
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_JSON_ERROR 13
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//}}}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Commands that can be bound to keystrokes {{{
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Redoes the next action on the undo history.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_REDO 2011
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Select all the text in the document.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_SELECTALL 2013
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Undo one action in the undo history.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_UNDO 2176
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Cut the selection to the clipboard.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CUT 2177
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Copy the selection to the clipboard.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_COPY 2178
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Paste the contents of the clipboard into the document replacing the selection.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PASTE 2179
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Clear the selection.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CLEAR 2180
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret down one line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWN 2300
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret down one line extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWNEXTEND 2301
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret up one line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUP 2302
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret up one line extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUPEXTEND 2303
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret left one character.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFT 2304
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret left one character extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFTEXTEND 2305
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret right one character.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHT 2306
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret right one character extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHTEXTEND 2307
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret left one word.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFT 2308
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret left one word extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTEXTEND 2309
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret right one word.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHT 2310
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret right one word extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTEXTEND 2311
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to first position on line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOME 2312
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to first position on line extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEEXTEND 2313
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to last position on line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEEND 2314
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to last position on line extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDEXTEND 2315
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to first position in document.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTART 2316
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to first position in document extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND 2317
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to last position in document.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTEND 2318
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to last position in document extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND 2319
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret one page up.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUP 2320
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret one page up extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUPEXTEND 2321
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret one page down.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWN 2322
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret one page down extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWNEXTEND 2323
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Switch from insert to overtype mode or the reverse.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE 2324
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Cancel any modes such as call tip or auto-completion list display.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CANCEL 2325
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELETEBACK 2326
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// If selection is empty or all on one line replace the selection with a tab character.
 | 
						|
/// If more than one line selected, indent the lines.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_TAB 2327
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Dedent the selected lines.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_BACKTAB 2328
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Insert a new line, may use a CRLF, CR or LF depending on EOL mode.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_NEWLINE 2329
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Insert a Form Feed character.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_FORMFEED 2330
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to before first visible character on line.
 | 
						|
/// If already there move to first character on line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOME 2331
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Like VCHome but extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEEXTEND 2332
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Magnify the displayed text by increasing the sizes by 1 point.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMIN 2333
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Make the displayed text smaller by decreasing the sizes by 1 point.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMOUT 2334
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Delete the word to the left of the caret.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDLEFT 2335
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Delete the word to the right of the caret.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDRIGHT 2336
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Delete the word to the right of the caret, but not the trailing non-word characters.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDRIGHTEND 2518
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Cut the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINECUT 2337
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Delete the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDELETE 2338
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Switch the current line with the previous.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINETRANSPOSE 2339
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Duplicate the current line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDUPLICATE 2404
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Transform the selection to lower case.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LOWERCASE 2340
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Transform the selection to upper case.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_UPPERCASE 2341
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Scroll the document down, keeping the caret visible.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINESCROLLDOWN 2342
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Scroll the document up, keeping the caret visible.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINESCROLLUP 2343
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
 | 
						|
/// Will not delete the character before at the start of a line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELETEBACKNOTLINE 2344
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to first position on display line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEDISPLAY 2345
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to first position on display line extending selection to
 | 
						|
/// new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND 2346
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to last position on display line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDDISPLAY 2347
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to last position on display line extending selection to new
 | 
						|
/// caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND 2348
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// These are like their namesakes Home(Extend)?, LineEnd(Extend)?, VCHome(Extend)?
 | 
						|
/// except they behave differently when word-wrap is enabled:
 | 
						|
/// They go first to the start / end of the display line, like (Home|LineEnd)Display
 | 
						|
/// The difference is that, the cursor is already at the point, it goes on to the start
 | 
						|
/// or end of the document line, as appropriate for (Home|LineEnd|VCHome)(Extend)?.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEWRAP 2349
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEWRAPEXTEND 2450
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDWRAP 2451
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND 2452
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEWRAP 2453
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND 2454
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Copy the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINECOPY 2455
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move to the previous change in capitalisation.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTLEFT 2390
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move to the previous change in capitalisation extending selection
 | 
						|
/// to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND 2391
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move to the change next in capitalisation.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTRIGHT 2392
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move to the next change in capitalisation extending selection
 | 
						|
/// to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND 2393
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Delete back from the current position to the start of the line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELLINELEFT 2395
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Delete forwards from the current position to the end of the line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_DELLINERIGHT 2396
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret between paragraphs (delimited by empty lines).
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PARADOWN 2413
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PARADOWNEXTEND 2414
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PARAUP 2415
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PARAUPEXTEND 2416
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret down one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND 2426
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret up one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUPRECTEXTEND 2427
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret left one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND 2428
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret right one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND 2429
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to first position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMERECTEXTEND 2430
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to before first visible character on line.
 | 
						|
/// If already there move to first character on line.
 | 
						|
/// In either case, extend rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMERECTEXTEND 2431
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to last position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDRECTEXTEND 2432
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret one page up, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND 2433
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret one page down, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND 2434
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEUP 2435
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page, extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND 2436
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN 2437
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page, extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND 2438
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTEND 2439
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND 2440
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTEND 2441
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND 2442
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Centre current line in window.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VERTICALCENTRECARET 2619
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move the selected lines up one line, shifting the line above after the selection
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_MOVESELECTEDLINESUP 2620
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move the selected lines down one line, shifting the line below before the selection
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_MOVESELECTEDLINESDOWN 2621
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Scroll to start of document.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_SCROLLTOSTART 2628
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Scroll to end of document.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_SCROLLTOEND 2629
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Move caret to before first visible character on display line.
 | 
						|
/// If already there move to first character on display line.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEDISPLAY 2652
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Like VCHomeDisplay but extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEDISPLAYEXTEND 2653
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//}}}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxStyledTextCtrl
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    A wxWidgets implementation of the Scintilla source code editing component.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    As well as features found in standard text editing components, Scintilla
 | 
						|
    includes features especially useful when editing and debugging source code.
 | 
						|
    These include support for syntax styling, error indicators, code completion
 | 
						|
    and call tips.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The selection margin can contain markers like those used in debuggers to indicate
 | 
						|
    breakpoints and the current line. Styling choices are more open than with many
 | 
						|
    editors, allowing the use of proportional fonts, bold and italics, multiple
 | 
						|
    foreground and background colours and multiple fonts.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    wxStyledTextCtrl is a 1 to 1 mapping of "raw" scintilla interface, whose
 | 
						|
    documentation can be found in the Scintilla website (http://www.scintilla.org/).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @beginEventEmissionTable{wxStyledTextEvent}
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_CHANGE(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_STYLENEEDED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_CHARADDED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_KEY(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_UPDATEUI(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_MODIFIED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_MACRORECORD(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_MARGINCLICK(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_PAINTED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_URIDROPPED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_DWELLSTART(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_DWELLEND(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_START_DRAG(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        Process a @c wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG event, generated when text is being dragged from the control. Details of the drag may be altered by changing the respective fields of the event; in particular, set an empty string to prohibit the drag entirely. Valid event functions: @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetDragFlags GetDragFlags@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::SetDragFlags SetDragFlags@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::SetString SetString@endlink.
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_DRAG_OVER(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_DO_DROP(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        Process a @c wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP event, generated when text is being dropped into the control. Details of the drag may be altered by changing the respective fields of the event. Valid event functions: @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetDragResult GetDragResult@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::SetDragResult SetDragResult@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::SetPosition SetPosition@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::SetString SetString@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetX GetX@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetY GetY@endlink.
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_ZOOM(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        TOWRITE
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY event, generated when text is being cut or copied to the clipboard. Use wxStyledTextEvent::SetString() to modify the text that will be placed on the clipboard. Valid event functions: @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::SetString SetString@endlink.
 | 
						|
        @since 3.1.0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        Process a @c wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE event, generated when text is being pasted from the clipboard. Use wxStyledTextEvent::SetString() to modify the text that will be inserted into the control. Valid event functions: @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::SetString SetString@endlink.
 | 
						|
        @since 3.1.0
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @event{EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED(id, fn)}
 | 
						|
        Process a @c wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_COMPLETED event, generated after an autocompletion list has closed and inserted its text into the control. Valid event functions: @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetPosition GetPosition@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetString GetString@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetKey GetKey@endlink, @link wxStyledTextEvent::GetListCompletionMethod GetListCompletionMethod@endlink.
 | 
						|
        @since 3.1.1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @endEventTable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxstc}
 | 
						|
    @category{stc}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @see wxStyledTextEvent
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxStyledTextCtrl : public wxControl, public wxTextEntry
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ctor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxStyledTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id=wxID_ANY,
 | 
						|
                     const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
						|
                     const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
						|
                     const wxString& name = wxSTCNameStr);
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Default ctor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxStyledTextCtrl();
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Destructor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    ~wxStyledTextCtrl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Create the UI elements for a STC that was created with the default ctor. (For 2-phase create.)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id=wxID_ANY,
 | 
						|
                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
						|
                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
						|
                const wxString& name = wxSTCNameStr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // **** Generated methods {{{
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add text to the document at current position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddText(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add array of cells to document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddStyledText(const wxMemoryBuffer& data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Insert string at a position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void InsertText(int pos, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the text that is being inserted in response to SC_MOD_INSERTCHECK
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ChangeInsertion(int length, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete all text in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearAll();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete a range of text in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DeleteRange(int pos, int deleteLength);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set all style bytes to 0, remove all folding information.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearDocumentStyle();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of bytes in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLength() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the character byte at the position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCharAt(int pos) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the position of the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCurrentPos() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the position of the opposite end of the selection to the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetAnchor() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the style byte at the position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetStyleAt(int pos) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Redoes the next action on the undo history.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Redo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Choose between collecting actions into the undo
 | 
						|
        history and discarding them.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Select all the text in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SelectAll();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Remember the current position in the undo history as the position
 | 
						|
        at which the document was saved.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSavePoint();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a buffer of cells.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxMemoryBuffer GetStyledText(int startPos, int endPos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are there any redoable actions in the undo history?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool CanRedo() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the line number at which a particular marker is located.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int MarkerLineFromHandle(int handle);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete a marker.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerDeleteHandle(int handle);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is undo history being collected?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetUndoCollection() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are white space characters currently visible?
 | 
						|
        Returns one of SCWS_* constants.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetViewWhiteSpace() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make white space characters invisible, always visible or visible outside indentation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetViewWhiteSpace(int viewWS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the position from a point within the window.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int PositionFromPoint(wxPoint pt) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the position from a point within the window but return
 | 
						|
        INVALID_POSITION if not close to text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int PositionFromPointClose(int x, int y);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set caret to start of a line and ensure it is visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void GotoLine(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set caret to a position and ensure it is visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void GotoPos(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the selection anchor to a position. The anchor is the opposite
 | 
						|
        end of the selection from the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAnchor(int posAnchor);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the text of the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
        Returns the index of the caret on the line.
 | 
						|
        Result is NUL-terminated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetCurLine(int* linePos=NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the position of the last correctly styled character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetEndStyled() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Convert all line endings in the document to one mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ConvertEOLs(int eolMode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the current end of line mode - one of CRLF, CR, or LF.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetEOLMode() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the current end of line mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetEOLMode(int eolMode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the current styling position to pos and the styling mask to mask.
 | 
						|
        The styling mask can be used to protect some bits in each styling byte from modification.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StartStyling(int pos, int mask);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change style from current styling position for length characters to a style
 | 
						|
        and move the current styling position to after this newly styled segment.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetStyling(int length, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is drawing done first into a buffer or direct to the screen?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetBufferedDraw() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        If drawing is buffered then each line of text is drawn into a bitmap buffer
 | 
						|
        before drawing it to the screen to avoid flicker.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetBufferedDraw(bool buffered);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the visible size of a tab to be a multiple of the width of a space character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTabWidth(int tabWidth);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the visible size of a tab.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetTabWidth() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clear explicit tabstops on a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearTabStops(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add an explicit tab stop for a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddTabStop(int line, int x);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the next explicit tab stop position on a line after a position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetNextTabStop(int line, int x);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the code page used to interpret the bytes of the document as characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCodePage(int codePage);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the IME displayed in a window or inline?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetIMEInteraction() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Choose to display the the IME in a winow or inline.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIMEInteraction(int imeInteraction);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the symbol used for a particular marker number,
 | 
						|
        and optionally the fore and background colours.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerDefine(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol,
 | 
						|
                const wxColour& foreground = wxNullColour,
 | 
						|
                const wxColour& background = wxNullColour);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour used for a particular marker number.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerSetForeground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the background colour used for a particular marker number.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerSetBackground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the background colour used for a particular marker number when its folding block is selected.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerSetBackgroundSelected(int markerNumber, const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enable/disable highlight for current folding bloc (smallest one that contains the caret)
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerEnableHighlight(bool enabled);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add a marker to a line, returning an ID which can be used to find or delete the marker.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int MarkerAdd(int line, int markerNumber);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete a marker from a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerDelete(int line, int markerNumber);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete all markers with a particular number from all lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerDeleteAll(int markerNumber);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get a bit mask of all the markers set on a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int MarkerGet(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the next line at or after lineStart that includes a marker in mask.
 | 
						|
        Return -1 when no more lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int MarkerNext(int lineStart, int markerMask);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the previous line before lineStart that includes a marker in mask.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int MarkerPrevious(int lineStart, int markerMask);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Define a marker from a bitmap
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerDefineBitmap(int markerNumber, const wxBitmap& bmp);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add a set of markers to a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerAddSet(int line, int set);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the alpha used for a marker that is drawn in the text area, not the margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerSetAlpha(int markerNumber, int alpha);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a margin to be either numeric or symbolic.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMarginType(int margin, int marginType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the type of a margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMarginType(int margin) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the width of a margin to a width expressed in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMarginWidth(int margin, int pixelWidth);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the width of a margin in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMarginWidth(int margin) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a mask that determines which markers are displayed in a margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMarginMask(int margin, int mask);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the marker mask of a margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMarginMask(int margin) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make a margin sensitive or insensitive to mouse clicks.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMarginSensitive(int margin, bool sensitive);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the mouse click sensitivity of a margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetMarginSensitive(int margin) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the cursor shown when the mouse is inside a margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMarginCursor(int margin, int cursor);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the cursor shown in a margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMarginCursor(int margin) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clear all the styles and make equivalent to the global default style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleClearAll();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetForeground(int style, const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the background colour of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetBackground(int style, const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a style to be bold or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetBold(int style, bool bold);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a style to be italic or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetItalic(int style, bool italic);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the size of characters of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetSize(int style, int sizePoints);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the font of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetFaceName(int style, const wxString& fontName);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a style to have its end of line filled or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetEOLFilled(int style, bool filled);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Reset the default style to its state at startup
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleResetDefault();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a style to be underlined or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetUnderline(int style, bool underline);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the foreground colour of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour StyleGetForeground(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the background colour of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour StyleGetBackground(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get is a style bold or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool StyleGetBold(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get is a style italic or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool StyleGetItalic(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the size of characters of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int StyleGetSize(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the font facename of a style
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString StyleGetFaceName(int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get is a style to have its end of line filled or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool StyleGetEOLFilled(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get is a style underlined or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool StyleGetUnderline(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get is a style mixed case, or to force upper or lower case.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int StyleGetCase(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the character get of the font in a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int StyleGetCharacterSet(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get is a style visible or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool StyleGetVisible(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get is a style changeable or not (read only).
 | 
						|
        Experimental feature, currently buggy.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool StyleGetChangeable(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get is a style a hotspot or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool StyleGetHotSpot(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a style to be mixed case, or to force upper or lower case.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetCase(int style, int caseForce);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the size of characters of a style. Size is in points multiplied by 100.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetSizeFractional(int style, int caseForce);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the size of characters of a style in points multiplied by 100
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int StyleGetSizeFractional(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the weight of characters of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetWeight(int style, int weight);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the weight of characters of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int StyleGetWeight(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a style to be a hotspot or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetHotSpot(int style, bool hotspot);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour of the main and additional selections and whether to use this setting.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the background colour of the main and additional selections and whether to use this setting.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the alpha of the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSelAlpha() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the alpha of the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelAlpha(int alpha);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the selection end of line filled?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetSelEOLFilled() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the selection to have its end of line filled or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelEOLFilled(bool filled);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour of the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretForeground(const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        When key+modifier combination km is pressed perform msg.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CmdKeyAssign(int key, int modifiers, int cmd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        When key+modifier combination km is pressed do nothing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CmdKeyClear(int key, int modifiers);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Drop all key mappings.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CmdKeyClearAll();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the styles for a segment of the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetStyleBytes(int length, char* styleBytes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a style to be visible or not.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetVisible(int style, bool visible);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the time in milliseconds that the caret is on and off.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCaretPeriod() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the time in milliseconds that the caret is on and off. 0 = steady on.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretPeriod(int periodMilliseconds);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the set of characters making up words for when moving or selecting by word.
 | 
						|
        First sets defaults like SetCharsDefault.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWordChars(const wxString& characters);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the set of characters making up words for when moving or selecting by word.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetWordChars() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Start a sequence of actions that is undone and redone as a unit.
 | 
						|
        May be nested.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void BeginUndoAction();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        End a sequence of actions that is undone and redone as a unit.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void EndUndoAction();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set an indicator to plain, squiggle or TT.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorSetStyle(int indic, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the style of an indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorGetStyle(int indic) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour of an indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorSetForeground(int indic, const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the foreground colour of an indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour IndicatorGetForeground(int indic) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set an indicator to draw under text or over(default).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorSetUnder(int indic, bool under);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether indicator drawn under or over text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IndicatorGetUnder(int indic) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a hover indicator to plain, squiggle or TT.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorSetHoverStyle(int indic, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the hover style of an indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorGetHoverStyle(int indic) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground hover colour of an indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorSetHoverForeground(int indic, const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the foreground hover colour of an indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour IndicatorGetHoverForeground(int indic) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the attributes of an indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorSetFlags(int indic, int flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the attributes of an indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorGetFlags(int indic) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour of all whitespace and whether to use this setting.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWhitespaceForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the background colour of all whitespace and whether to use this setting.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWhitespaceBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the size of the dots used to mark space characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWhitespaceSize(int size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the size of the dots used to mark space characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetWhitespaceSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Divide each styling byte into lexical class bits (default: 5) and indicator
 | 
						|
        bits (default: 3). If a lexer requires more than 32 lexical states, then this
 | 
						|
        is used to expand the possible states.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetStyleBits(int bits);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve number of bits in style bytes used to hold the lexical state.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetStyleBits() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Used to hold extra styling information for each line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetLineState(int line, int state);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the extra styling information for a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineState(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the last line number that has line state.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMaxLineState() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the background of the line containing the caret in a different colour?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetCaretLineVisible() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Display the background of the line containing the caret in a different colour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretLineVisible(bool show);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the colour of the background of the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour GetCaretLineBackground() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the colour of the background of the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretLineBackground(const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a style to be changeable or not (read only).
 | 
						|
        Experimental feature, currently buggy.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetChangeable(int style, bool changeable);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Display a auto-completion list.
 | 
						|
        The lenEntered parameter indicates how many characters before
 | 
						|
        the caret should be used to provide context.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompShow(int lenEntered, const wxString& itemList);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Remove the auto-completion list from the screen.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompCancel();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is there an auto-completion list visible?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool AutoCompActive();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the position of the caret when the auto-completion list was displayed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompPosStart();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        User has selected an item so remove the list and insert the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompComplete();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Define a set of character that when typed cancel the auto-completion list.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompStops(const wxString& characterSet);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the separator character in the string setting up an auto-completion list.
 | 
						|
        Default is space but can be changed if items contain space.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetSeparator(int separatorCharacter);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the auto-completion list separator character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompGetSeparator() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Select the item in the auto-completion list that starts with a string.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSelect(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Should the auto-completion list be cancelled if the user backspaces to a
 | 
						|
        position before where the box was created.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetCancelAtStart(bool cancel);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether auto-completion cancelled by backspacing before start.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool AutoCompGetCancelAtStart() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Define a set of characters that when typed will cause the autocompletion to
 | 
						|
        choose the selected item.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetFillUps(const wxString& characterSet);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Should a single item auto-completion list automatically choose the item.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetChooseSingle(bool chooseSingle);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether a single item auto-completion list automatically choose the item.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool AutoCompGetChooseSingle() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether case is significant when performing auto-completion searches.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetIgnoreCase(bool ignoreCase);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve state of ignore case flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool AutoCompGetIgnoreCase() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Display a list of strings and send notification when user chooses one.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void UserListShow(int listType, const wxString& itemList);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether or not autocompletion is hidden automatically when nothing matches.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetAutoHide(bool autoHide);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether or not autocompletion is hidden automatically when nothing matches.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool AutoCompGetAutoHide() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether or not autocompletion deletes any word characters
 | 
						|
        after the inserted text upon completion.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetDropRestOfWord(bool dropRestOfWord);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether or not autocompletion deletes any word characters
 | 
						|
        after the inserted text upon completion.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool AutoCompGetDropRestOfWord() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Register an image for use in autocompletion lists.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RegisterImage(int type, const wxBitmap& bmp);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clear all the registered images.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearRegisteredImages();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the auto-completion list type-separator character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompGetTypeSeparator() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the type-separator character in the string setting up an auto-completion list.
 | 
						|
        Default is '?' but can be changed if items contain '?'.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetTypeSeparator(int separatorCharacter);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the maximum width, in characters, of auto-completion and user lists.
 | 
						|
        Set to 0 to autosize to fit longest item, which is the default.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetMaxWidth(int characterCount);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the maximum width, in characters, of auto-completion and user lists.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompGetMaxWidth() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the maximum height, in rows, of auto-completion and user lists.
 | 
						|
        The default is 5 rows.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetMaxHeight(int rowCount);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the maximum height, in rows, of auto-completion and user lists.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompGetMaxHeight() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the number of spaces used for one level of indentation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIndent(int indentSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve indentation size.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetIndent() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Indentation will only use space characters if useTabs is false, otherwise
 | 
						|
        it will use a combination of tabs and spaces.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetUseTabs(bool useTabs);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether tabs will be used in indentation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetUseTabs() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the indentation of a line to a number of columns.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetLineIndentation(int line, int indentSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the number of columns that a line is indented.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineIndentation(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the position before the first non indentation character on a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineIndentPosition(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the column number of a position, taking tab width into account.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetColumn(int pos) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Count characters between two positions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int CountCharacters(int startPos, int endPos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Show or hide the horizontal scroll bar.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetUseHorizontalScrollBar(bool show);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the horizontal scroll bar visible?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetUseHorizontalScrollBar() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Show or hide indentation guides.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIndentationGuides(int indentView);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are the indentation guides visible?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetIndentationGuides() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the highlighted indentation guide column.
 | 
						|
        0 = no highlighted guide.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHighlightGuide(int column);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the highlighted indentation guide column.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetHighlightGuide() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the position after the last visible characters on a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineEndPosition(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the code page used to interpret the bytes of the document as characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCodePage() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the foreground colour of the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour GetCaretForeground() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        In read-only mode?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetReadOnly() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position of the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCurrentPos(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position that starts the selection - this becomes the anchor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionStart(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the position at the start of the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionStart() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position that ends the selection - this becomes the currentPosition.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionEnd(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the position at the end of the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionEnd() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set caret to a position, while removing any existing selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetEmptySelection(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the print magnification added to the point size of each style for printing.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPrintMagnification(int magnification);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the print magnification.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetPrintMagnification() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Modify colours when printing for clearer printed text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPrintColourMode(int mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the print colour mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetPrintColourMode() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find some text in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const wxString& text, int flags=0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        On Windows, will draw the document into a display context such as a printer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int FormatRange(bool   doDraw,
 | 
						|
               int    startPos,
 | 
						|
               int    endPos,
 | 
						|
               wxDC*  draw,
 | 
						|
               wxDC*  target,
 | 
						|
               wxRect renderRect,
 | 
						|
               wxRect pageRect);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the display line at the top of the display.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetFirstVisibleLine() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the contents of a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetLine(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the number of lines in the document. There is always at least one.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineCount() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the size in pixels of the left margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMarginLeft(int pixelWidth);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the size in pixels of the left margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMarginLeft() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the size in pixels of the right margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMarginRight(int pixelWidth);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the size in pixels of the right margin.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMarginRight() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the document different from when it was last saved?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetModify() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the selected text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetSelectedText();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a range of text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetTextRange(int startPos, int endPos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Draw the selection in normal style or with selection highlighted.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void HideSelection(bool normal);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the line containing a position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int LineFromPosition(int pos) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the position at the start of a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int PositionFromLine(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Scroll horizontally and vertically.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineScroll(int columns, int lines);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ensure the caret is visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void EnsureCaretVisible();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Scroll the argument positions and the range between them into view giving
 | 
						|
        priority to the primary position then the secondary position.
 | 
						|
        This may be used to make a search match visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ScrollRange(int secondary, int primary);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Replace the selected text with the argument text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ReplaceSelection(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set to read only or read write.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetReadOnly(bool readOnly);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Will a paste succeed?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool CanPaste() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are there any undoable actions in the undo history?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool CanUndo() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete the undo history.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void EmptyUndoBuffer();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Undo one action in the undo history.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Undo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Cut the selection to the clipboard.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Cut();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy the selection to the clipboard.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Copy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Paste the contents of the clipboard into the document replacing the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Paste();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clear the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Clear();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Replace the contents of the document with the argument text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetText(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve all the text in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetText() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the number of characters in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetTextLength() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a pointer to a function that processes messages for this Scintilla.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void* GetDirectFunction() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a pointer value to use as the first argument when calling
 | 
						|
        the function returned by GetDirectFunction.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void* GetDirectPointer() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set to overtype (true) or insert mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetOvertype(bool overtype);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns true if overtype mode is active otherwise false is returned.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetOvertype() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the width of the insert mode caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretWidth(int pixelWidth);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the width of the insert mode caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCaretWidth() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position that starts the target which is used for updating the
 | 
						|
        document without affecting the scroll position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTargetStart(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the position that starts the target.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetTargetStart() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position that ends the target which is used for updating the
 | 
						|
        document without affecting the scroll position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTargetEnd(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the position that ends the target.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetTargetEnd() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets both the start and end of the target in one call.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTargetRange(int start, int end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the text in the target.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetTargetText() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make the target range start and end be the same as the selection range start and end.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void TargetFromSelection();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the target to the whole document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void TargetWholeDocument();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Replace the target text with the argument text.
 | 
						|
        Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
 | 
						|
        Returns the length of the replacement text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int ReplaceTarget(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Replace the target text with the argument text after \\d processing.
 | 
						|
        Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
 | 
						|
        Looks for \\d where d is between 1 and 9 and replaces these with the strings
 | 
						|
        matched in the last search operation which were surrounded by \( and \).
 | 
						|
        Returns the length of the replacement text including any change
 | 
						|
        caused by processing the \\d patterns.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int ReplaceTargetRE(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Search for a counted string in the target and set the target to the found
 | 
						|
        range. Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
 | 
						|
        Returns length of range or -1 for failure in which case target is not moved.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int SearchInTarget(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the search flags used by SearchInTarget.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSearchFlags(int flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the search flags used by SearchInTarget.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSearchFlags() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Show a call tip containing a definition near position pos.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipShow(int pos, const wxString& definition);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Remove the call tip from the screen.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipCancel();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is there an active call tip?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool CallTipActive();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the position where the caret was before displaying the call tip.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int CallTipPosAtStart();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the start position in order to change when backspacing removes the calltip.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipSetPosAtStart(int posStart);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Highlight a segment of the definition.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipSetHighlight(int start, int end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the background colour for the call tip.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipSetBackground(const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour for the call tip.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipSetForeground(const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour for the highlighted part of the call tip.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipSetForegroundHighlight(const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enable use of STYLE_CALLTIP and set call tip tab size in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipUseStyle(int tabSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set position of calltip, above or below text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CallTipSetPosition(bool above);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the display line of a document line taking hidden lines into account.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int VisibleFromDocLine(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the document line of a display line taking hidden lines into account.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int DocLineFromVisible(int lineDisplay);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        The number of display lines needed to wrap a document line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int WrapCount(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the fold level of a line.
 | 
						|
        This encodes an integer level along with flags indicating whether the
 | 
						|
        line is a header and whether it is effectively white space.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFoldLevel(int line, int level);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the fold level of a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetFoldLevel(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the last child line of a header line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLastChild(int line, int level) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the parent line of a child line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetFoldParent(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make a range of lines visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ShowLines(int lineStart, int lineEnd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make a range of lines invisible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void HideLines(int lineStart, int lineEnd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is a line visible?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetLineVisible(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are all lines visible?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetAllLinesVisible() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Show the children of a header line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFoldExpanded(int line, bool expanded);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is a header line expanded?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetFoldExpanded(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Switch a header line between expanded and contracted.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ToggleFold(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Expand or contract a fold header.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void FoldLine(int line, int action);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Expand or contract a fold header and its children.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void FoldChildren(int line, int action);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Expand a fold header and all children. Use the level argument instead of the line's current level.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ExpandChildren(int line, int level);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Expand or contract all fold headers.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void FoldAll(int action);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ensure a particular line is visible by expanding any header line hiding it.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void EnsureVisible(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set automatic folding behaviours.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAutomaticFold(int automaticFold);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get automatic folding behaviours.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetAutomaticFold() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set some style options for folding.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFoldFlags(int flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Ensure a particular line is visible by expanding any header line hiding it.
 | 
						|
        Use the currently set visibility policy to determine which range to display.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void EnsureVisibleEnforcePolicy(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets whether a tab pressed when caret is within indentation indents.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTabIndents(bool tabIndents);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Does a tab pressed when caret is within indentation indent?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetTabIndents() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets whether a backspace pressed when caret is within indentation unindents.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetBackSpaceUnIndents(bool bsUnIndents);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Does a backspace pressed when caret is within indentation unindent?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetBackSpaceUnIndents() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the time the mouse must sit still to generate a mouse dwell event.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMouseDwellTime(int periodMilliseconds);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the time the mouse must sit still to generate a mouse dwell event.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMouseDwellTime() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get position of start of word.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int WordStartPosition(int pos, bool onlyWordCharacters);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get position of end of word.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int WordEndPosition(int pos, bool onlyWordCharacters);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the range start..end considered a word?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool IsRangeWord(int start, int end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets limits to idle styling.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIdleStyling(int idleStyling);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the limits to idle styling.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetIdleStyling() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets whether text is word wrapped.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWrapMode(int mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether text is word wrapped.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetWrapMode() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the display mode of visual flags for wrapped lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWrapVisualFlags(int wrapVisualFlags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrive the display mode of visual flags for wrapped lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetWrapVisualFlags() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the location of visual flags for wrapped lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWrapVisualFlagsLocation(int wrapVisualFlagsLocation);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrive the location of visual flags for wrapped lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetWrapVisualFlagsLocation() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the start indent for wrapped lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWrapStartIndent(int indent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrive the start indent for wrapped lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetWrapStartIndent() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets how wrapped sublines are placed. Default is fixed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWrapIndentMode(int mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve how wrapped sublines are placed. Default is fixed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetWrapIndentMode() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the degree of caching of layout information.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetLayoutCache(int mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the degree of caching of layout information.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLayoutCache() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the document width assumed for scrolling.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetScrollWidth(int pixelWidth);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the document width assumed for scrolling.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetScrollWidth() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets whether the maximum width line displayed is used to set scroll width.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetScrollWidthTracking(bool tracking);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether the scroll width tracks wide lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetScrollWidthTracking() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Measure the pixel width of some text in a particular style.
 | 
						|
        NUL terminated text argument.
 | 
						|
        Does not handle tab or control characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int TextWidth(int style, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the scroll range so that maximum scroll position has
 | 
						|
        the last line at the bottom of the view (default).
 | 
						|
        Setting this to false allows scrolling one page below the last line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetEndAtLastLine(bool endAtLastLine);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve whether the maximum scroll position has the last
 | 
						|
        line at the bottom of the view.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetEndAtLastLine() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the height of a particular line of text in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int TextHeight(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Show or hide the vertical scroll bar.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetUseVerticalScrollBar(bool show);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the vertical scroll bar visible?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetUseVerticalScrollBar() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AppendText(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is drawing done in two phases with backgrounds drawn before foregrounds?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetTwoPhaseDraw() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        In twoPhaseDraw mode, drawing is performed in two phases, first the background
 | 
						|
        and then the foreground. This avoids chopping off characters that overlap the next run.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTwoPhaseDraw(bool twoPhase);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        How many phases is drawing done in?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetPhasesDraw() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        In one phase draw, text is drawn in a series of rectangular blocks with no overlap.
 | 
						|
        In two phase draw, text is drawn in a series of lines allowing runs to overlap horizontally.
 | 
						|
        In multiple phase draw, each element is drawn over the whole drawing area, allowing text
 | 
						|
        to overlap from one line to the next.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPhasesDraw(int phases);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Scroll so that a display line is at the top of the display.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFirstVisibleLine(int lineDisplay);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the effect of pasting when there are multiple selections.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMultiPaste(int multiPaste);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the effect of pasting when there are multiple selections.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMultiPaste() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the value of a tag from a regular expression search.
 | 
						|
        Result is NUL-terminated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetTag(int tagNumber) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Join the lines in the target.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LinesJoin();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Split the lines in the target into lines that are less wide than pixelWidth
 | 
						|
        where possible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LinesSplit(int pixelWidth);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the colours used as a chequerboard pattern in the fold margin
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetFoldMarginColour(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
    void SetFoldMarginHiColour(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret down one line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineDown();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret down one line extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineDownExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret up one line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineUp();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret up one line extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineUpExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret left one character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CharLeft();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret left one character extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CharLeftExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret right one character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CharRight();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret right one character extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CharRightExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret left one word.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordLeft();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret left one word extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordLeftExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret right one word.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordRight();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret right one word extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordRightExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to first position on line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Home();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to first position on line extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void HomeExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to last position on line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineEnd();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to last position on line extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineEndExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to first position in document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DocumentStart();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to first position in document extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DocumentStartExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to last position in document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DocumentEnd();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to last position in document extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DocumentEndExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret one page up.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void PageUp();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret one page up extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void PageUpExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret one page down.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void PageDown();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret one page down extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void PageDownExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Switch from insert to overtype mode or the reverse.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void EditToggleOvertype();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Cancel any modes such as call tip or auto-completion list display.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Cancel();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DeleteBack();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        If selection is empty or all on one line replace the selection with a tab character.
 | 
						|
        If more than one line selected, indent the lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Tab();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Dedent the selected lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void BackTab();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Insert a new line, may use a CRLF, CR or LF depending on EOL mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void NewLine();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Insert a Form Feed character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void FormFeed();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to before first visible character on line.
 | 
						|
        If already there move to first character on line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void VCHome();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Like VCHome but extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void VCHomeExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Magnify the displayed text by increasing the sizes by 1 point.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ZoomIn();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make the displayed text smaller by decreasing the sizes by 1 point.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ZoomOut();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete the word to the left of the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DelWordLeft();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete the word to the right of the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DelWordRight();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete the word to the right of the caret, but not the trailing non-word characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DelWordRightEnd();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Cut the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineCut();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineDelete();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Switch the current line with the previous.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineTranspose();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Duplicate the current line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineDuplicate();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Transform the selection to lower case.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LowerCase();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Transform the selection to upper case.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void UpperCase();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Scroll the document down, keeping the caret visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineScrollDown();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Scroll the document up, keeping the caret visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineScrollUp();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
 | 
						|
        Will not delete the character before at the start of a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DeleteBackNotLine();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to first position on display line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void HomeDisplay();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to first position on display line extending selection to
 | 
						|
        new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void HomeDisplayExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to last position on display line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineEndDisplay();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to last position on display line extending selection to new
 | 
						|
        caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineEndDisplayExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        These are like their namesakes Home(Extend)?, LineEnd(Extend)?, VCHome(Extend)?
 | 
						|
        except they behave differently when word-wrap is enabled:
 | 
						|
        They go first to the start / end of the display line, like (Home|LineEnd)Display
 | 
						|
        The difference is that, the cursor is already at the point, it goes on to the start
 | 
						|
        or end of the document line, as appropriate for (Home|LineEnd|VCHome)(Extend)?.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void HomeWrap();
 | 
						|
    void HomeWrapExtend();
 | 
						|
    void LineEndWrap();
 | 
						|
    void LineEndWrapExtend();
 | 
						|
    void VCHomeWrap();
 | 
						|
    void VCHomeWrapExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineCopy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move the caret inside current view if it's not there already.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MoveCaretInsideView();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        How many characters are on a line, including end of line characters?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int LineLength(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Highlight the characters at two positions.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void BraceHighlight(int pos1, int pos2);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Use specified indicator to highlight matching braces instead of changing their style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void BraceHighlightIndicator(bool useBraceHighlightIndicator, int indicator);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Highlight the character at a position indicating there is no matching brace.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void BraceBadLight(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Use specified indicator to highlight non matching brace instead of changing its style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void BraceBadLightIndicator(bool useBraceBadLightIndicator, int indicator);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the position of a matching brace or INVALID_POSITION if no match.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int BraceMatch(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are the end of line characters visible?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetViewEOL() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Make the end of line characters visible or invisible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetViewEOL(bool visible);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a pointer to the document object.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void* GetDocPointer();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the document object used.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetDocPointer(void* docPointer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set which document modification events are sent to the container.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetModEventMask(int mask);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the column number which text should be kept within.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetEdgeColumn() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the column number of the edge.
 | 
						|
        If text goes past the edge then it is highlighted.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetEdgeColumn(int column);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the edge highlight mode.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetEdgeMode() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        The edge may be displayed by a line (EDGE_LINE) or by highlighting text that
 | 
						|
        goes beyond it (EDGE_BACKGROUND) or not displayed at all (EDGE_NONE).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetEdgeMode(int mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the colour used in edge indication.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour GetEdgeColour() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the colour used in edge indication.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetEdgeColour(const wxColour& edgeColour);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the current caret position to be the search anchor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SearchAnchor();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find some text starting at the search anchor.
 | 
						|
        Does not ensure the selection is visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int SearchNext(int flags, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find some text starting at the search anchor and moving backwards.
 | 
						|
        Does not ensure the selection is visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int SearchPrev(int flags, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieves the number of lines completely visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int LinesOnScreen() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether a pop up menu is displayed automatically when the user presses
 | 
						|
        the wrong mouse button.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void UsePopUp(bool allowPopUp);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the selection rectangular? The alternative is the more common stream selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool SelectionIsRectangle() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the zoom level. This number of points is added to the size of all fonts.
 | 
						|
        It may be positive to magnify or negative to reduce.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetZoom(int zoom);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the zoom level.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetZoom() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Create a new document object.
 | 
						|
        Starts with reference count of 1 and not selected into editor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void* CreateDocument();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Extend life of document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddRefDocument(void* docPointer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Release a reference to the document, deleting document if it fades to black.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ReleaseDocument(void* docPointer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get which document modification events are sent to the container.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetModEventMask() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change internal focus flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSTCFocus(bool focus);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get internal focus flag.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetSTCFocus() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change error status - 0 = OK.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetStatus(int statusCode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get error status.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetStatus() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether the mouse is captured when its button is pressed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMouseDownCaptures(bool captures);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get whether mouse gets captured.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetMouseDownCaptures() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the cursor to one of the SC_CURSOR* values.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSTCCursor(int cursorType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get cursor type.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSTCCursor() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the way control characters are displayed:
 | 
						|
        If symbol is < 32, keep the drawn way, else, use the given character.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetControlCharSymbol(int symbol);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the way control characters are displayed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetControlCharSymbol() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move to the previous change in capitalisation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordPartLeft();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move to the previous change in capitalisation extending selection
 | 
						|
        to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordPartLeftExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move to the change next in capitalisation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordPartRight();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move to the next change in capitalisation extending selection
 | 
						|
        to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordPartRightExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the way the display area is determined when a particular line
 | 
						|
        is to be moved to by Find, FindNext, GotoLine, etc.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetVisiblePolicy(int visiblePolicy, int visibleSlop);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete back from the current position to the start of the line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DelLineLeft();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Delete forwards from the current position to the end of the line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DelLineRight();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get and Set the xOffset (ie, horizontal scroll position).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetXOffset(int newOffset);
 | 
						|
    int GetXOffset() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the last x chosen value to be the caret x position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ChooseCaretX();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the way the caret is kept visible when going sideways.
 | 
						|
        The exclusion zone is given in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetXCaretPolicy(int caretPolicy, int caretSlop);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the way the line the caret is on is kept visible.
 | 
						|
        The exclusion zone is given in lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetYCaretPolicy(int caretPolicy, int caretSlop);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set printing to line wrapped (SC_WRAP_WORD) or not line wrapped (SC_WRAP_NONE).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPrintWrapMode(int mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is printing line wrapped?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetPrintWrapMode() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a fore colour for active hotspots.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHotspotActiveForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the fore colour for active hotspots.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour GetHotspotActiveForeground() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set a back colour for active hotspots.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHotspotActiveBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the back colour for active hotspots.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour GetHotspotActiveBackground() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enable / Disable underlining active hotspots.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHotspotActiveUnderline(bool underline);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get whether underlining for active hotspots.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetHotspotActiveUnderline() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Limit hotspots to single line so hotspots on two lines don't merge.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHotspotSingleLine(bool singleLine);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the HotspotSingleLine property
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetHotspotSingleLine() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret between paragraphs (delimited by empty lines).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ParaDown();
 | 
						|
    void ParaDownExtend();
 | 
						|
    void ParaUp();
 | 
						|
    void ParaUpExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Given a valid document position, return the previous position taking code
 | 
						|
        page into account. Returns 0 if passed 0.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int PositionBefore(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Given a valid document position, return the next position taking code
 | 
						|
        page into account. Maximum value returned is the last position in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int PositionAfter(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Given a valid document position, return a position that differs in a number
 | 
						|
        of characters. Returned value is always between 0 and last position in document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int PositionRelative(int pos, int relative);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy a range of text to the clipboard. Positions are clipped into the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CopyRange(int start, int end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy argument text to the clipboard.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CopyText(int length, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the selection mode to stream (SC_SEL_STREAM) or rectangular (SC_SEL_RECTANGLE/SC_SEL_THIN) or
 | 
						|
        by lines (SC_SEL_LINES).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionMode(int mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the mode of the current selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionMode() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the position of the start of the selection at the given line (INVALID_POSITION if no selection on this line).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineSelStartPosition(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the position of the end of the selection at the given line (INVALID_POSITION if no selection on this line).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineSelEndPosition(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret down one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineDownRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret up one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineUpRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret left one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CharLeftRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret right one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CharRightRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to first position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void HomeRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to before first visible character on line.
 | 
						|
        If already there move to first character on line.
 | 
						|
        In either case, extend rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void VCHomeRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to last position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LineEndRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret one page up, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void PageUpRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret one page down, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void PageDownRectExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StutteredPageUp();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page, extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StutteredPageUpExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StutteredPageDown();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page, extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StutteredPageDownExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordLeftEnd();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordLeftEndExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordRightEnd();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void WordRightEndExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the set of characters making up whitespace for when moving or selecting by word.
 | 
						|
        Should be called after SetWordChars.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetWhitespaceChars(const wxString& characters);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the set of characters making up whitespace for when moving or selecting by word.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetWhitespaceChars() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the set of characters making up punctuation characters
 | 
						|
        Should be called after SetWordChars.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPunctuationChars(const wxString& characters);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the set of characters making up punctuation characters
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetPunctuationChars() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Reset the set of characters for whitespace and word characters to the defaults.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCharsDefault();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get currently selected item position in the auto-completion list
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompGetCurrent() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set auto-completion case insensitive behaviour to either prefer case-sensitive matches or have no preference.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetCaseInsensitiveBehaviour(int behaviour);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get auto-completion case insensitive behaviour.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompGetCaseInsensitiveBehaviour() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Change the effect of autocompleting when there are multiple selections.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetMulti(int multi);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the effect of autocompleting when there are multiple selections.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompGetMulti() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the way autocompletion lists are ordered.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AutoCompSetOrder(int order);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the way autocompletion lists are ordered.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AutoCompGetOrder() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enlarge the document to a particular size of text bytes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Allocate(int bytes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the position of a column on a line taking into account tabs and
 | 
						|
        multi-byte characters. If beyond end of line, return line end position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int FindColumn(int line, int column);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Can the caret preferred x position only be changed by explicit movement commands?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCaretSticky() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Stop the caret preferred x position changing when the user types.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretSticky(int useCaretStickyBehaviour);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Switch between sticky and non-sticky: meant to be bound to a key.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ToggleCaretSticky();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Enable/Disable convert-on-paste for line endings
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPasteConvertEndings(bool convert);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get convert-on-paste setting
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetPasteConvertEndings() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Duplicate the selection. If selection empty duplicate the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SelectionDuplicate();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set background alpha of the caret line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretLineBackAlpha(int alpha);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the background alpha of the caret line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCaretLineBackAlpha() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the style of the caret to be drawn.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretStyle(int caretStyle);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the current style of the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCaretStyle() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the indicator used for IndicatorFillRange and IndicatorClearRange
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIndicatorCurrent(int indicator);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the current indicator
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetIndicatorCurrent() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the value used for IndicatorFillRange
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIndicatorValue(int value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the current indicator value
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetIndicatorValue() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Turn a indicator on over a range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorFillRange(int position, int fillLength);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Turn a indicator off over a range.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorClearRange(int position, int clearLength);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Are any indicators present at position?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorAllOnFor(int position);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        What value does a particular indicator have at at a position?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorValueAt(int indicator, int position);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Where does a particular indicator start?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorStart(int indicator, int position);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Where does a particular indicator end?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorEnd(int indicator, int position);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set number of entries in position cache
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetPositionCacheSize(int size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        How many entries are allocated to the position cache?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetPositionCacheSize() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Copy the selection, if selection empty copy the line with the caret
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CopyAllowLine();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Compact the document buffer and return a read-only pointer to the
 | 
						|
        characters in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const char* GetCharacterPointer() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Return a read-only pointer to a range of characters in the document.
 | 
						|
        May move the gap so that the range is contiguous, but will only move up
 | 
						|
        to rangeLength bytes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    const char* GetRangePointer(int position, int rangeLength) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Return a position which, to avoid performance costs, should not be within
 | 
						|
        the range of a call to GetRangePointer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetGapPosition() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the alpha fill colour of the given indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorSetAlpha(int indicator, int alpha);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the alpha fill colour of the given indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorGetAlpha(int indicator) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the alpha outline colour of the given indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void IndicatorSetOutlineAlpha(int indicator, int alpha);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the alpha outline colour of the given indicator.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int IndicatorGetOutlineAlpha(int indicator) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set extra ascent for each line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetExtraAscent(int extraAscent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get extra ascent for each line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetExtraAscent() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set extra descent for each line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetExtraDescent(int extraDescent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get extra descent for each line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetExtraDescent() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Which symbol was defined for markerNumber with MarkerDefine
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMarkerSymbolDefined(int markerNumber);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the text in the text margin for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarginSetText(int line, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the text in the text margin for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString MarginGetText(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the style number for the text margin for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarginSetStyle(int line, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the style number for the text margin for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int MarginGetStyle(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the style in the text margin for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarginSetStyles(int line, const wxString& styles);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the styles in the text margin for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString MarginGetStyles(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clear the margin text on all lines
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarginTextClearAll();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the start of the range of style numbers used for margin text
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarginSetStyleOffset(int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the start of the range of style numbers used for margin text
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int MarginGetStyleOffset() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the margin options.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMarginOptions(int marginOptions);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the margin options.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMarginOptions() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the annotation text for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AnnotationSetText(int line, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the annotation text for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString AnnotationGetText(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the style number for the annotations for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AnnotationSetStyle(int line, int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the style number for the annotations for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AnnotationGetStyle(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the annotation styles for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AnnotationSetStyles(int line, const wxString& styles);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the annotation styles for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString AnnotationGetStyles(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the number of annotation lines for a line
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AnnotationGetLines(int line) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clear the annotations from all lines
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AnnotationClearAll();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the visibility for the annotations for a view
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AnnotationSetVisible(int visible);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the visibility for the annotations for a view
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AnnotationGetVisible() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the start of the range of style numbers used for annotations
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AnnotationSetStyleOffset(int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the start of the range of style numbers used for annotations
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AnnotationGetStyleOffset() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Release all extended (>255) style numbers
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ReleaseAllExtendedStyles();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Allocate some extended (>255) style numbers and return the start of the range
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AllocateExtendedStyles(int numberStyles);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add a container action to the undo stack
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddUndoAction(int token, int flags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the position of a character from a point within the window.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int CharPositionFromPoint(int x, int y);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the position of a character from a point within the window.
 | 
						|
        Return INVALID_POSITION if not close to text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int CharPositionFromPointClose(int x, int y);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether switching to rectangular mode while selecting with the mouse is allowed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMouseSelectionRectangularSwitch(bool mouseSelectionRectangularSwitch);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Whether switching to rectangular mode while selecting with the mouse is allowed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetMouseSelectionRectangularSwitch() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether multiple selections can be made
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMultipleSelection(bool multipleSelection);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Whether multiple selections can be made
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetMultipleSelection() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether typing can be performed into multiple selections
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAdditionalSelectionTyping(bool additionalSelectionTyping);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Whether typing can be performed into multiple selections
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetAdditionalSelectionTyping() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether additional carets will blink
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAdditionalCaretsBlink(bool additionalCaretsBlink);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Whether additional carets will blink
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetAdditionalCaretsBlink() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set whether additional carets are visible
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAdditionalCaretsVisible(bool additionalCaretsBlink);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Whether additional carets are visible
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetAdditionalCaretsVisible() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        How many selections are there?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSelections() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is every selected range empty?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetSelectionEmpty() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Clear selections to a single empty stream selection
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearSelections();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add a selection
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AddSelection(int caret, int anchor);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Drop one selection
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DropSelectionN(int selection);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the main selection
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMainSelection(int selection);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Which selection is the main selection
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetMainSelection() const;
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionNCaret(int selection, int pos);
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionNCaret(int selection) const;
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionNAnchor(int selection, int posAnchor);
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionNAnchor(int selection) const;
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionNCaretVirtualSpace(int selection, int space);
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionNCaretVirtualSpace(int selection) const;
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionNAnchorVirtualSpace(int selection, int space);
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionNAnchorVirtualSpace(int selection) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position that starts the selection - this becomes the anchor.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionNStart(int selection, int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the position at the start of the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionNStart(int selection) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the position that ends the selection - this becomes the currentPosition.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetSelectionNEnd(int selection, int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Returns the position at the end of the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSelectionNEnd(int selection) const;
 | 
						|
    void SetRectangularSelectionCaret(int pos);
 | 
						|
    int GetRectangularSelectionCaret() const;
 | 
						|
    void SetRectangularSelectionAnchor(int posAnchor);
 | 
						|
    int GetRectangularSelectionAnchor() const;
 | 
						|
    void SetRectangularSelectionCaretVirtualSpace(int space);
 | 
						|
    int GetRectangularSelectionCaretVirtualSpace() const;
 | 
						|
    void SetRectangularSelectionAnchorVirtualSpace(int space);
 | 
						|
    int GetRectangularSelectionAnchorVirtualSpace() const;
 | 
						|
    void SetVirtualSpaceOptions(int virtualSpaceOptions);
 | 
						|
    int GetVirtualSpaceOptions() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        On GTK+, allow selecting the modifier key to use for mouse-based
 | 
						|
        rectangular selection. Often the window manager requires Alt+Mouse Drag
 | 
						|
        for moving windows.
 | 
						|
        Valid values are SCMOD_CTRL(default), SCMOD_ALT, or SCMOD_SUPER.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRectangularSelectionModifier(int modifier);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the modifier key used for rectangular selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetRectangularSelectionModifier() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour of additional selections.
 | 
						|
        Must have previously called SetSelFore with non-zero first argument for this to have an effect.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAdditionalSelForeground(const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the background colour of additional selections.
 | 
						|
        Must have previously called SetSelBack with non-zero first argument for this to have an effect.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAdditionalSelBackground(const wxColour& back);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the alpha of the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAdditionalSelAlpha(int alpha);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the alpha of the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetAdditionalSelAlpha() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the foreground colour of additional carets.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetAdditionalCaretForeground(const wxColour& fore);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the foreground colour of additional carets.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxColour GetAdditionalCaretForeground() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the main selection to the next selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RotateSelection();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Swap that caret and anchor of the main selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SwapMainAnchorCaret();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add the next occurrence of the main selection to the set of selections as main.
 | 
						|
        If the current selection is empty then select word around caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MultipleSelectAddNext();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Add each occurrence of the main selection in the target to the set of selections.
 | 
						|
        If the current selection is empty then select word around caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MultipleSelectAddEach();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Indicate that the internal state of a lexer has changed over a range and therefore
 | 
						|
        there may be a need to redraw.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int ChangeLexerState(int start, int end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Find the next line at or after lineStart that is a contracted fold header line.
 | 
						|
        Return -1 when no more lines.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int ContractedFoldNext(int lineStart);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Centre current line in window.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void VerticalCentreCaret();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move the selected lines up one line, shifting the line above after the selection
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MoveSelectedLinesUp();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move the selected lines down one line, shifting the line below before the selection
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MoveSelectedLinesDown();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the identifier reported as idFrom in notification messages.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIdentifier(int identifier);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the identifier.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetIdentifier() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the width for future RGBA image data.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RGBAImageSetWidth(int width);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the height for future RGBA image data.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RGBAImageSetHeight(int height);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the scale factor in percent for future RGBA image data.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RGBAImageSetScale(int scalePercent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Define a marker from RGBA data.
 | 
						|
        It has the width and height from RGBAImageSetWidth/Height
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void MarkerDefineRGBAImage(int markerNumber, const unsigned char* pixels);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Register an RGBA image for use in autocompletion lists.
 | 
						|
        It has the width and height from RGBAImageSetWidth/Height
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void RegisterRGBAImage(int type, const unsigned char* pixels);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Scroll to start of document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ScrollToStart();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Scroll to end of document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ScrollToEnd();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the technology used.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTechnology(int technology);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the tech.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetTechnology() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Create an ILoader*.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void* CreateLoader(int bytes) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Move caret to before first visible character on display line.
 | 
						|
        If already there move to first character on display line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void VCHomeDisplay();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Like VCHomeDisplay but extending selection to new caret position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void VCHomeDisplayExtend();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Is the caret line always visible?
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetCaretLineVisibleAlways() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Sets the caret line to always visible.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetCaretLineVisibleAlways(bool alwaysVisible);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the line end types that the application wants to use. May not be used if incompatible with lexer or encoding.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetLineEndTypesAllowed(int lineEndBitSet);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the line end types currently allowed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineEndTypesAllowed() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the line end types currently recognised. May be a subset of the allowed types due to lexer limitation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineEndTypesActive() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the way a character is drawn.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetRepresentation(const wxString& encodedCharacter, const wxString& representation);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the way a character is drawn.
 | 
						|
        Result is NUL-terminated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetRepresentation(const wxString& encodedCharacter) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Remove a character representation.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ClearRepresentation(const wxString& encodedCharacter);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Start notifying the container of all key presses and commands.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StartRecord();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Stop notifying the container of all key presses and commands.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StopRecord();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the lexing language of the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetLexer(int lexer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the lexing language of the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLexer() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Colourise a segment of the document using the current lexing language.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void Colourise(int start, int end);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set up a value that may be used by a lexer for some optional feature.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetProperty(const wxString& key, const wxString& value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set up the key words used by the lexer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetKeyWords(int keywordSet, const wxString& keyWords);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the lexing language of the document based on string name.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetLexerLanguage(const wxString& language);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Load a lexer library (dll / so).
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void LoadLexerLibrary(const wxString& path);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetProperty(const wxString& key);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty,
 | 
						|
        with '$()' variable replacement on returned buffer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetPropertyExpanded(const wxString& key);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty,
 | 
						|
        interpreted as an int AFTER any '$()' variable replacement.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetPropertyInt(const wxString& key) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the number of bits the current lexer needs for styling.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetStyleBitsNeeded() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the lexing language of the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetLexerLanguage() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        For private communication between an application and a known lexer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void* PrivateLexerCall(int operation, void* pointer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a '\n' separated list of properties understood by the current lexer.
 | 
						|
        Result is NUL-terminated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString PropertyNames() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve the type of a property.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int PropertyType(const wxString& name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Describe a property.
 | 
						|
        Result is NUL-terminated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString DescribeProperty(const wxString& name) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Retrieve a '\n' separated list of descriptions of the keyword sets understood by the current lexer.
 | 
						|
        Result is NUL-terminated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString DescribeKeyWordSets() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Bit set of LineEndType enumertion for which line ends beyond the standard
 | 
						|
        LF, CR, and CRLF are supported by the lexer.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetLineEndTypesSupported() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Allocate a set of sub styles for a particular base style, returning start of range
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int AllocateSubStyles(int styleBase, int numberStyles);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        The starting style number for the sub styles associated with a base style
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSubStylesStart(int styleBase) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        The number of sub styles associated with a base style
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetSubStylesLength(int styleBase) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        For a sub style, return the base style, else return the argument.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetStyleFromSubStyle(int subStyle) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        For a secondary style, return the primary style, else return the argument.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetPrimaryStyleFromStyle(int style) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Free allocated sub styles
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void FreeSubStyles();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Set the identifiers that are shown in a particular style
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetIdentifiers(int style, const wxString& identifiers);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Where styles are duplicated by a feature such as active/inactive code
 | 
						|
        return the distance between the two types.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int DistanceToSecondaryStyles() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        Get the set of base styles that can be extended with sub styles
 | 
						|
        Result is NUL-terminated.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetSubStyleBases() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //}}}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // **** Manually declared methods
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Returns the line number of the line with the caret.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    int GetCurrentLine();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Extract style settings from a spec-string which is composed of one or
 | 
						|
       more of the following comma separated elements:
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
          bold                    turns on bold
 | 
						|
          italic                  turns on italics
 | 
						|
          fore:[name or \#RRGGBB]  sets the foreground colour
 | 
						|
          back:[name or \#RRGGBB]  sets the background colour
 | 
						|
          face:[facename]         sets the font face name to use
 | 
						|
          size:[num]              sets the font size in points
 | 
						|
          eol                     turns on eol filling
 | 
						|
          underline               turns on underlining
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetSpec(int styleNum, const wxString& spec);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Get the font of a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxFont StyleGetFont(int style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Set style size, face, bold, italic, and underline attributes from
 | 
						|
       a wxFont's attributes.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetFont(int styleNum, wxFont& font);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Set all font style attributes at once.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetFontAttr(int styleNum, int size,
 | 
						|
                          const wxString& faceName,
 | 
						|
                          bool bold, bool italic,
 | 
						|
                          bool underline,
 | 
						|
                          wxFontEncoding encoding=wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Set the character set of the font in a style.  Converts the Scintilla
 | 
						|
       character set values to a wxFontEncoding.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetCharacterSet(int style, int characterSet);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Set the font encoding to be used by a style.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void StyleSetFontEncoding(int style, wxFontEncoding encoding);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Perform one of the operations defined by the wxSTC_CMD_* constants.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void CmdKeyExecute(int cmd);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Set the left and right margin in the edit area, measured in pixels.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetMargins(int left, int right);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Retrieve the point in the window where a position is displayed.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxPoint PointFromPosition(int pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Scroll enough to make the given line visible
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ScrollToLine(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Scroll enough to make the given column visible
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void ScrollToColumn(int column);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Send a message to Scintilla
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxIntPtr SendMsg(int msg, wxUIntPtr wp=0, wxIntPtr lp=0) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Set the vertical scrollbar to use instead of the ont that's built-in.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetVScrollBar(wxScrollBar* bar);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Set the horizontal scrollbar to use instead of the ont that's built-in.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetHScrollBar(wxScrollBar* bar);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Can be used to prevent the EVT_CHAR handler from adding the char
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool GetLastKeydownProcessed();
 | 
						|
    void SetLastKeydownProcessed(bool val);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Write the contents of the editor to filename
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Load the contents of filename into the editor
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Allow for simulating a DnD DragEnter
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       @since 3.1.0
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxDragResult DoDragEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult defaultRes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Allow for simulating a DnD DragOver
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxDragResult DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult defaultRes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Allow for simulating a DnD DragLeave
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       @since 3.1.0
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void DoDragLeave();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Allow for simulating a DnD DropText
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    bool DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Clear annotations from the given line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AnnotationClearLine(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Add text to the document at current position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AddTextRaw(const char* text, int length=-1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Insert string at a position.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void InsertTextRaw(int pos, const char* text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Retrieve the text of the line containing the caret.
 | 
						|
       Returns the index of the caret on the line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxCharBuffer GetCurLineRaw(int* linePos=NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Retrieve the contents of a line.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxCharBuffer GetLineRaw(int line);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Retrieve the selected text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxCharBuffer GetSelectedTextRaw();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Retrieve the target text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxCharBuffer GetTargetTextRaw();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Retrieve a range of text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxCharBuffer GetTextRangeRaw(int startPos, int endPos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Replace the contents of the document with the argument text.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void SetTextRaw(const char* text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Retrieve all the text in the document.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    wxCharBuffer GetTextRaw();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
       Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
    void AppendTextRaw(const char* text, int length=-1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // wxTextEntryBase pure virtual methods
 | 
						|
    // ----------------------------------------------
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
    virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
 | 
						|
    virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& text);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
 | 
						|
    virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
 | 
						|
    virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
 | 
						|
    virtual void SelectNone();
 | 
						|
    virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsEditable() const;
 | 
						|
    virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // wxTextAreaBase pure virtual methods
 | 
						|
    // ---------------------------------------------
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetLineLength(long n) const;
 | 
						|
    virtual wxString GetLineText(long n) const;
 | 
						|
    virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool IsModified() const;
 | 
						|
    virtual void MarkDirty();
 | 
						|
    virtual void DiscardEdits();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
    virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
    virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
 | 
						|
    virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
 | 
						|
    virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
 | 
						|
                                            wxTextCoord *col,
 | 
						|
                                            wxTextCoord *row) const;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
    @class wxStyledTextEvent
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The type of events sent from wxStyledTextCtrl.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @todo list styled text ctrl events.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    @library{wxstc}
 | 
						|
    @category{events,stc}
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class wxStyledTextEvent : public wxCommandEvent {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
    wxStyledTextEvent(wxEventType commandType=0, int id=0);
 | 
						|
    wxStyledTextEvent(const wxStyledTextEvent& event);
 | 
						|
    ~wxStyledTextEvent();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void SetPosition(int pos);
 | 
						|
    void SetKey(int k);
 | 
						|
    void SetModifiers(int m);
 | 
						|
    void SetModificationType(int t);
 | 
						|
    void SetText(const wxString& t);
 | 
						|
    void SetLength(int len);
 | 
						|
    void SetLinesAdded(int num);
 | 
						|
    void SetLine(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetFoldLevelNow(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetFoldLevelPrev(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetMargin(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetMessage(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetWParam(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetLParam(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetListType(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetX(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetY(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetToken(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetAnnotationLinesAdded(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetUpdated(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetListCompletionMethod(int val);
 | 
						|
    void SetDragText(const wxString& val);
 | 
						|
    void SetDragFlags(int flags);
 | 
						|
    void SetDragResult(wxDragResult val);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int  GetPosition() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetKey()  const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetModifiers() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetModificationType() const;
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        @deprecated Use GetString() instead.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetText() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetLength() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetLinesAdded() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetLine() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetFoldLevelNow() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetFoldLevelPrev() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetMargin() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetMessage() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetWParam() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetLParam() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetListType() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetX() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetY() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetToken() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetAnnotationsLinesAdded() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetUpdated() const;
 | 
						|
    int  GetListCompletionMethod() const;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    /**
 | 
						|
        @deprecated Use GetString() instead.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    wxString GetDragText();
 | 
						|
    int GetDragFlags();
 | 
						|
    wxDragResult GetDragResult();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool GetShift() const;
 | 
						|
    bool GetControl() const;
 | 
						|
    bool GetAlt() const;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CHANGE;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_KEY;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_PAINTED;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_URIDROPPED;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_ZOOM;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_COPY;
 | 
						|
const wxEventType wxEVT_STC_CLIPBOARD_PASTE;
 |